5481 lines
274 KiB
Plaintext
Executable File
5481 lines
274 KiB
Plaintext
Executable File
NR-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
|
||
|
||
BEGIN
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-START
|
||
|
||
BCCH-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
message BCCH-BCH-MessageType
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
|
||
mib MIB,
|
||
messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START
|
||
|
||
DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
message DL-DCCH-MessageType
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
|
||
c1 CHOICE {
|
||
rrcReconfiguration RRCReconfiguration,
|
||
spare15 NULL, spare14 NULL, spare13 NULL,
|
||
spare12 NULL, spare11 NULL, spare10 NULL,
|
||
spare9 NULL, spare8 NULL, spare7 NULL,
|
||
spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
|
||
spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
|
||
},
|
||
messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START
|
||
|
||
UL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
message UL-DCCH-MessageType
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
|
||
c1 CHOICE {
|
||
measurementReport MeasurementReport,
|
||
rrcReconfigurationComplete RRCReconfigurationComplete,
|
||
spare14 NULL, spare13 NULL, spare12 NULL,
|
||
spare11 NULL, spare10 NULL, spare9 NULL,
|
||
spare8 NULL, spare7 NULL, spare6 NULL,
|
||
spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL, spare3 NULL,
|
||
spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
|
||
},
|
||
messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MIB-START
|
||
|
||
MIB ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The 6 most significant bit (MSB) of the 10 bit System Frame Number. The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block
|
||
-- as well but outside the MIB.
|
||
systemFrameNumber BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
|
||
|
||
-- Subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 for initial access and broadcast SI-messages.
|
||
-- If the UE acquires this MIB on a carrier frequency <6GHz, the values 15 and 30 kHz are applicable.
|
||
-- If the UE acquires this MIB on a carrier frequency >6GHz, the values 60 and 120 kHz are applicable.
|
||
subCarrierSpacingCommon ENUMERATED {scs15or60, scs30or120},
|
||
|
||
-- The frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See 38.211, section 7.4.3.1)
|
||
-- Note: For frequencies <6 GHz a fith, this field may comprise only the 4 least significant bits of the ssb-SubcarrierOffset.
|
||
-- The codepoint "FFS_RAN1" indicates that this cell does not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no common CORESET.
|
||
ssb-SubcarrierOffset INTEGER (0..15),
|
||
|
||
-- Position of (first) DL DM-RS. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-DMRS-typeA-pos' (see 38.211, section 7.4.1.1.1)
|
||
dmrs-TypeA-Position ENUMERATED {pos2, pos3},
|
||
|
||
-- Determines a bandwidth for PDCCH/SIB, a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET) a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'RMSI-PDCCH-Config' (see FFS_Specification, section FFS_Section)
|
||
pdcch-ConfigSIB1 INTEGER (0..255),
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates that UE shall not camp on this cell
|
||
cellBarred ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
|
||
|
||
-- Controls cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE,
|
||
-- as specified in TS 38.304.
|
||
intraFreqReselection ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed},
|
||
spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MIB-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-START
|
||
|
||
MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
|
||
measurementReport MeasurementReport-IEs,
|
||
criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasurementReport-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
measResults MeasResults,
|
||
|
||
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-START
|
||
|
||
RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
|
||
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
|
||
rrcReconfiguration RRCReconfiguration-IEs,
|
||
criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
RRCReconfiguration-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
|
||
-- In EN-DC this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration
|
||
-- is transmitted over SRB3.
|
||
radioBearerConfig RadioBearerConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of secondary cell group (EN-DC):
|
||
secondaryCellGroup OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
measConfig MeasConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-START
|
||
|
||
RRCReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
|
||
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
|
||
rrcReconfigurationComplete RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs,
|
||
criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SIB1-START
|
||
|
||
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- FFS / TODO: Add other parameters.
|
||
|
||
-- Frequency offset for the SSB of -5kHz (M=-1) or +5kHz (M=1). When the field is absent, the UE applies no offset (M=0).
|
||
-- The offset is only applicable for the frequency range 0-2.65GHz. Corresponds to parameter 'M' (see 38.101, section FFS_Section)
|
||
frequencyOffsetSSB ENUMERATED {khz-5, khz5} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Time domain positions of the transmitted SS-blocks in an SS-Burst-Set (see 38.213, section 4.1)
|
||
ssb-PositionsInBurst SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Indicates the presence of the up to 8 SSBs in one group
|
||
inOneGroup BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
|
||
-- For above 6 GHz: indicates which groups of SSBs is present
|
||
groupPresence BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) OPTIONAL -- Cond above6GHzOnly
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- The SSB periodicity in msec for the rate matching purpose (see 38.211, section [7.4.3.1])
|
||
ssb-PeriodicityServingCell ENUMERATED {ms5, ms10, ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160, spare1, spare2},
|
||
|
||
-- TX power that the NW used for SSB transmission. The UE uses it to estimate the RA preamble TX power.
|
||
-- (see 38.213, section 7.4)
|
||
ss-PBCH-BlockPower INTEGER (-60..50),
|
||
|
||
uplinkConfigCommon UplinkConfigCommon OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- FFS: How to indicate the FrequencyInfoUL for the SUL
|
||
supplementaryUplink SEQUENCE {
|
||
uplinkConfigCommon UplinkConfigCommon OPTIONAL
|
||
-- FFS: Add additional (selection) criteria determining when/whether the UE shall use the SUL frequency
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SUL
|
||
|
||
tdd-UL-DL-Configuration TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
|
||
tdd-UL-DL-configurationCommon2 TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
|
||
|
||
pdcch-ConfigCommon PDCCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL,
|
||
pucch-ConfigCommon PUCCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SIB1-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SETUP-RELEASE-START
|
||
|
||
SetupRelease { ElementTypeParam } ::= CHOICE {
|
||
release NULL,
|
||
setup ElementTypeParam
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SETUP-RELEASE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-START
|
||
|
||
AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::= INTEGER (0..7)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-ALPHA-START
|
||
|
||
Alpha ::= ENUMERATED {alpha0, alpha04, alpha05, alpha06, alpha07, alpha08, alpha09, alpha1}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-ALPHA-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-ARFCN-VALUE-NR-START
|
||
|
||
ARFCN-ValueNR ::= INTEGER (0..3279165)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-ARFCN-VALUE-NR-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-BANDWIDTH-PART-START
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Generic parameters used in Uplink- and Downlink bandwidth parts
|
||
BWP ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Frequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part defined commonly in a table (FFS_Section). The location is given as
|
||
-- distance (in number of PRBs) to point A (absoluteFrequencyPointA in FrequencyInfoDL).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-BWP-loc'. (see 38.211, section FFS_Section).
|
||
-- In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same location (see 38.211, section REF)
|
||
locationAndBandwidth INTEGER (0..37949),
|
||
-- Subcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and
|
||
-- reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere.
|
||
-- Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to 38.211, Table 4.2-1.
|
||
-- The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, kHz30 to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are
|
||
-- applicable.
|
||
subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
|
||
-- Indicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix.
|
||
-- Normal CP is supported for all numerologies and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing.
|
||
-- (see 38.211, section 4.2.2)
|
||
cyclicPrefix ENUMERATED { extended } OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BWP-Uplink ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular
|
||
-- bandwidth part. The BWP ID=0 is always associated with the initial BWP and may hence not be used here (in other bandwidth parts).
|
||
-- The NW may trigger the UE to swtich UL or DL BWP using a DCI field. The four code points in that DCI field map to the RRC-configured
|
||
-- BWP-ID as follows: For up to 3 configured BWPs (in addition to the initial BWP) the DCI code point is equivalent to the BWP ID
|
||
-- (initial = 0, first dedicated = 1, ...). If the NW configures 4 dedicated bandwidth parts, they are identified by DCI code
|
||
-- points 0 to 3. In this case it is not possible to switch to the initial BWP using the DCI field.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-BWP-index'. (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12)
|
||
bwp-Id BWP-Id,
|
||
bwp-Common BWP-UplinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
bwp-Dedicated BWP-UplinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BWP-UplinkCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
genericParameters BWP,
|
||
-- Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access
|
||
-- as well as for contention based beam failure recovery.
|
||
rach-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Cell specific parameters for the PUSCH
|
||
pusch-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { PUSCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Cell specific parameters for the PUCCH
|
||
pucch-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BWP-UplinkDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- PUCCH configuration for one BWP of the regular UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network
|
||
-- configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (UL or SUL).
|
||
pucch-Config SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- PUSCH configuration for one BWP of the regular UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and
|
||
-- if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, a carrier indicator field in DCI indicates for which of the two to use an UL grant.
|
||
-- See also L1 parameter 'dynamicPUSCHSUL' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
pusch-Config SetupRelease { PUSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- A Configured-Grant of typ1 or type2. It may be configured for Ul or SUL but in case of type1 [FFS also type2] not for both at a time.
|
||
configuredGrantConfig SetupRelease { ConfiguredGrantConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Uplink sounding reference signal configuration
|
||
srs-Config SetupRelease { SRS-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Determines how the UE performs Beam Failure Recovery upon detection of a Beam Failure (see RadioLinkMonitoringConfig)
|
||
beamFailureRecoveryConfig SetupRelease { BeamFailureRecoveryConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
BWP-Downlink ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular
|
||
-- bandwidth part. The BWP ID=0 is always associated with the initial BWP and may hence not be used here. (in other bandwidth parts).
|
||
-- The NW may trigger the UE to swtich UL or DL BWP using a DCI field. The four code points in that DCI field map to the RRC-configured
|
||
-- BWP-ID as follows: For up to 3 configured BWPs (in addition to the initial BWP) the DCI code point is equivalent to the BWP ID
|
||
-- (initial = 0, first dedicated = 1, ...). If the NW configures 4 dedicated bandwidth parts, they are identified by DCI code
|
||
-- points 0 to 3. In this case it is not possible to switch to the initial BWP using the DCI field.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-BWP-index'. (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12)
|
||
bwp-Id BWP-Id,
|
||
bwp-Common BWP-DownlinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
bwp-Dedicated BWP-DownlinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
BWP-DownlinkCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
genericParameters BWP,
|
||
pdcch-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { PDCCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
pdsch-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { PDSCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BWP-DownlinkDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pdcch-Config SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
pdsch-Config SetupRelease { PDSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
sps-Config SetupRelease { SPS-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
radioLinkMonitoringConfig SetupRelease { RadioLinkMonitoringConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BANDWIDTH-PART-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-BWP-ID-START
|
||
|
||
BWP-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofBWPs)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BWP-ID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-BEAM-FAILURE-RECOVERY-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
BeamFailureRecoveryConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rootSequenceIndex-BFR INTEGER (0..137) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Configuration of contention free random access occasions for BFR
|
||
rach-ConfigBFR RACH-ConfigGeneric OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free
|
||
-- Random Access to recover from beam failure. The signalled threshold is applied directly for SSB, a threshold for
|
||
-- CSI-RS is determined by linearly scaling singalled value based on Pc_ss corresponding to the CSI-RS resource.
|
||
-- (see FFS_Specification, FFS_Section)
|
||
candidateBeamThreshold RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recover and the associated RA parameters
|
||
candidateBeamRSList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321. The mask is valid for all SSB resources
|
||
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Control Resource Set that the UE uses to receive the random access response for beam failure recovery.
|
||
-- If the field is absent the UE uses the initial CORESET (ControlResourceSetId = 0)
|
||
recoveryControlResourceSetId ControlResourceSetId OPTIONAL , -- Need S
|
||
-- Search space to use for BFR RAR. If the field is absent, the UE uses the initial Serach Space (SearchSpaceId = 0).
|
||
recoverySearchSpaceId SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR ::= CHOICE {
|
||
ssb BFR-SSB-Resource,
|
||
csi-RS BFR-CSIRS-Resource
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BFR-SSB-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR)
|
||
ssb SSB-Index,
|
||
-- The preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
|
||
ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63),
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BFR-CSIRS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam
|
||
-- for beam failure recovery (BFR).
|
||
csi-RS NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
-- RA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS. If the field is absent
|
||
-- the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
|
||
-- The RA preamble index to use in the RA occasions associated with this CSI-RS. If the field is absent, the UE uses the preamble index
|
||
-- associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
|
||
ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BEAM-FAILURE-RECOVERY-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of one Cell-Group:
|
||
CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
cellGroupId CellGroupId,
|
||
|
||
-- Logical Channel configuration and association with radio bearers:
|
||
rlc-BearerToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-Bearer-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
rlc-BearerToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF LogicalChannelIdentity OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Parameters applicable for the entire cell group:
|
||
mac-CellGroupConfig MAC-CellGroupConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
physicalCellGroupConfig PhysicalCellGroupConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Serving Cell specific parameters (SpCell and SCells)
|
||
spCellConfig SpCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
sCellToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
-- List of seconary serving cells to be released (not applicable for SpCells)
|
||
sCellToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- The ID of a cell group. 0 identifies the master cell group. Other values identify secondary cell groups.
|
||
-- In this version of the specification only values 0 and 1 are supported.
|
||
-- FFS: This should be moved to be own IE section
|
||
CellGroupId ::= INTEGER (0.. maxSecondaryCellGroups)
|
||
|
||
|
||
RLC-Bearer-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- ID used commonly for the MAC logical channel and for the RLC bearer.
|
||
logicalChannelIdentity LogicalChannelIdentity,
|
||
|
||
-- Associates the RLC Bearer with an SRB or a DRB. The UE shall deliver DL RLC SDUs received via the RLC entity of this
|
||
-- RLC bearer to the PDCP entity of the servedRadioBearer. Furthermore, the UE shall advertise and deliver uplink PDCP PDUs of the
|
||
-- uplink PDCP entity of the servedRadioBearer to the uplink RLC entity of this RLC bearer unless the uplink scheduling
|
||
-- restrictions ('moreThanOneRLC' in PDCP-Config and the restrictions in LogicalChannelConfig) forbid it to do so.
|
||
servedRadioBearer CHOICE {
|
||
srb-Identity SRB-Identity,
|
||
drb-Identity DRB-Identity
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-SetupOnly
|
||
|
||
reestablishRLC ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
rlc-Config RLC-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-Setup
|
||
|
||
mac-LogicalChannelConfig LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-Setup
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
LogicalChannelIdentity ::= INTEGER (1..maxLC-ID)
|
||
|
||
-- Cell-Group specific L1 parameters
|
||
PhysicalCellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Enables spatial bundling of HARQ ACKs. It is configured per cell group (i.e. for all the cells within the cell group) for PUCCH
|
||
-- reporting of HARQ-ACK. It is only applicable when more than 4 layers are possible to schedule.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'HARQ-ACK-spatial-bundling' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- Absence indicates that spatial bundling is disabled.
|
||
harq-ACK-SpatialBundlingPUCCH ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Enables spatial bundling of HARQ ACKs. It is configured per cell group (i.e. for all the cells within the cell group) for PUSCH
|
||
-- reporting of HARQ-ACK. It is only applicable when more than 4 layers are possible to schedule.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'HARQ-ACK-spatial-bundling' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- Absence indicates that spatial bundling is disabled.
|
||
harq-ACK-SpatialBundlingPUSCH ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- The maximum transmit power to be used by the UE in this NR cell group.
|
||
p-NR P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- The PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook is either semi-static of dynamic. This is applicable to both CA and none CA operation.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'HARQ-ACK-codebook' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook ENUMERATED {semiStatic, dynamic},
|
||
-- RNTI used for SRS TPC commands on DCI. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TPC-SRS-RNTI' (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
tpc-SRS-RNTI RNTI-Value OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- RNTI used for PUCCH TPC commands on DCI. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TPC-PUCCH-RNTI' (see 38.213, section 10).
|
||
tpc-PUCCH-RNTI RNTI-Value OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- RNTI used for PUSCH TPC commands on DCI. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TPC-PUSCH-RNTI' (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
tpc-PUSCH-RNTI RNTI-Value OPTIONAL,-- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Serving cell specific MAC and PHY parameters for a SpCell:
|
||
SpCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Serving cell ID of a PSCell (the PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0)
|
||
servCellIndex ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCG
|
||
-- Parameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell:
|
||
reconfigurationWithSync ReconfigurationWithSync OPTIONAL, -- Cond ReconfWithSync
|
||
rlf-TimersAndConstants SetupRelease { RLF-TimersAndConstants } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
spCellConfigDedicated ServingCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ReconfigurationWithSync ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
spCellConfigCommon ServingCellConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
newUE-Identity RNTI-Value,
|
||
t304 ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms10000},
|
||
rach-ConfigDedicated CHOICE {
|
||
uplink RACH-ConfigDedicated,
|
||
supplementaryUplink RACH-ConfigDedicated
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
sCellIndex SCellIndex,
|
||
sCellConfigCommon ServingCellConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAdd
|
||
sCellConfigDedicated ServingCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAddMod
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-START
|
||
CodebookConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- CodebookType including possibly sub-types and the corresponding parameters for each. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CodebookType'
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2)
|
||
codebookType CHOICE {
|
||
type1 SEQUENCE {
|
||
subType CHOICE {
|
||
typeI-SinglePanel SEQUENCE {
|
||
nrOfAntennaPorts CHOICE {
|
||
two SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Codebook subset restriction for 2TX codebook
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter ' TypeI-SinglePanel-2Tx-CodebookSubsetRestriction' (see 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.1)
|
||
twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction BIT STRING (SIZE (6))
|
||
},
|
||
moreThanTwo SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameters 'CodebookConfig-N1', 'CodebookConfig-N2'
|
||
-- 'TypeI-SinglePanel-CodebookSubsetRestriction ' (see 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.1)
|
||
n1-n2 CHOICE {
|
||
two-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
|
||
two-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
|
||
four-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
|
||
three-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (96)),
|
||
six-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (24)),
|
||
four-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (128)),
|
||
eight-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
|
||
four-three-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (192)),
|
||
six-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (192)),
|
||
twelve-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (48)),
|
||
four-four-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)),
|
||
eight-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)),
|
||
sixteen-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64))
|
||
},
|
||
-- i2 codebook subset restriction for Type I Single-panel codebook used when reportQuantity is CRI/Ri/i1/CQI
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeI-SinglePanel-CodebookSubsetRestriction-i2' (see 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.1)
|
||
typeI-SinglePanel-codebookSubsetRestriction-i2 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
-- Restriction for RI for TypeI-SinglePanel-RI-Restriction
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeI-SinglePanel-RI-Restriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2.1)
|
||
typeI-SinglePanel-ri-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
|
||
},
|
||
typeI-MultiPanel SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Codebook subset restriction for Type I Multi-panel codebook
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeI-MultiPanel-CodebookSubsetRestriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2.2)
|
||
ng-n1-n2 CHOICE {
|
||
two-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
|
||
two-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
|
||
four-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
|
||
two-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (128)),
|
||
two-eight-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
|
||
four-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
|
||
two-four-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)),
|
||
four-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256))
|
||
},
|
||
-- Restriction for RI for TypeI-MultiPanel-RI-Restriction
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeI-MultiPanel-RI-Restriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2.2)
|
||
ri-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (4))
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
-- CodebookMode as specified in 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.2
|
||
codebookMode INTEGER (1..2)
|
||
|
||
},
|
||
type2 SEQUENCE {
|
||
subType CHOICE {
|
||
typeII SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameters 'CodebookConfig-N1', 'CodebookConfig-N2'
|
||
-- The CHOICE name indicates the value of n1 and n2, the CHOICE contents is the codebook subset restriction bitmap
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter ' TypeII-CodebookSubsetRestriction' (see 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.3)
|
||
-- Number of bits for codebook subset restriction is ceil(log2(nchoosek(O1*O2,4)))+8*n1*n2 where nchoosek(a,b) = a!/(b!(a-b)!)
|
||
n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
|
||
two-one BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
|
||
two-two BIT STRING (SIZE (139)),
|
||
four-one BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
|
||
three-two BIT STRING (SIZE (59)),
|
||
six-one BIT STRING (SIZE (49)),
|
||
four-two BIT STRING (SIZE (75)),
|
||
eight-one BIT STRING (SIZE (65)),
|
||
four-three BIT STRING (SIZE (107)),
|
||
six-two BIT STRING (SIZE (107)),
|
||
twelve-one BIT STRING (SIZE (129)),
|
||
four-four BIT STRING (SIZE (139)),
|
||
eight-two BIT STRING (SIZE (139)),
|
||
sixteen-one BIT STRING (SIZE (129))
|
||
},
|
||
-- Restriction for RI for TypeII-RI-Restriction
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeII-RI-Restriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2.3)
|
||
typeII-RI-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
|
||
},
|
||
typeII-PortSelection SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The size of the port selection codebook (parameter d)
|
||
portSelectionSamplingSize ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TypeII-PortSelection
|
||
-- Restriction for RI for TypeII-PortSelection-RI-Restriction
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeII-PortSelection-RI-Restriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.4)
|
||
typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
-- The size of the PSK alphabet, QPSK or 8-PSK
|
||
phaseAlphabetSize ENUMERATED {n4, n8},
|
||
-- If subband amplitude reporting is activated (true)
|
||
subbandAmplitude BOOLEAN,
|
||
-- Number of beams, L, used for linear combination
|
||
numberOfBeams ENUMERATED {two, three, four}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
ConfiguredGrantConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- Frequency hopping as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
|
||
frequencyHopping ENUMERATED {mode1, mode2},
|
||
-- DMRS configuration, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
|
||
cg-DMRS-Configuration DMRS-UplinkConfig,
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoding, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
|
||
mcs-Table ENUMERATED {qam64, qam256},
|
||
-- Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 64QAM
|
||
mcs-TableTransformPrecoder ENUMERATED {qam256} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Selection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
|
||
-- Note: For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, "uci-on-PUSCH" should be set to semiStatic
|
||
uci-OnPUSCH SetupRelease { CG-UCI-OnPUSCH },
|
||
-- Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
|
||
-- Note: For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, "resourceAllocation" should be resourceAllocationType0 or resourceAllocationType1
|
||
resourceAllocation ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0, resourceAllocationType1, dynamicSwitch },
|
||
-- Selection between config 1 and config 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. When the field is absent the UE applies the value config1.
|
||
-- Note: rbg-Size is used when the transformPrecoder parameter is disabled.
|
||
rbg-Size ENUMERATED {config2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Closed control loop to apply. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUSCH-closed-loop-index' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
powerControlLoopToUse ENUMERATED {n0, n1},
|
||
-- Index of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for this configuration
|
||
p0-PUSCH-Alpha P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId,
|
||
-- Enable transformer precoder for type1 and type2. Absence indicates that it is disabled.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-tp' (see 38.214, section 6.1.3)
|
||
transformPrecoder ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- The number of HARQ processes configured. It applies for both Type 1 and Type 2
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-numbHARQproc' (see 38.321, section 5.8.2)
|
||
nrofHARQ-Processes INTEGER(1..16),
|
||
-- The number or repetitions of K:
|
||
repK ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8},
|
||
-- If repetitions is used, this field indicates the redundancy version (RV) sequence to use.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-RV-rep' (see 38.321, section 5.8.2)
|
||
repK-RV ENUMERATED {s1-0231, s2-0303, s3-0000} OPTIONAL, -- Cond RepK
|
||
-- Periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-periodicity' (see 38.321, section 5.8.2)
|
||
|
||
-- The following periodicities are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]:
|
||
-- 15kHz: 2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640}
|
||
-- 30kHz: 2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 640, 1280}
|
||
-- 60kHz with normal CP: 2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560}
|
||
-- 60kHz with ECP: 2, 6, n*12, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560}
|
||
-- 120kHz: 2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120}
|
||
-- (see 38.214, Table 6.1.2.3-1)
|
||
periodicity ENUMERATED {
|
||
sym2, sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym8x14, sym10x14, sym16x14, sym20x14,
|
||
sym32x14, sym40x14, sym64x14, sym80x14, sym128x14, sym160x14, sym256x14, sym320x14, sym512x14,
|
||
sym640x14, sym1024x14, sym1280x14, sym2560x14, sym5120x14,
|
||
|
||
sym6, sym1x12, sym2x12, sym4x12, sym5x12, sym8x12, sym10x12, sym16x12, sym20x12, sym32x12,
|
||
sym40x12, sym64x12, sym80x12, sym128x12, sym160x12, sym256x12, sym320x12, sym512x12, sym640x12,
|
||
sym1280x12, sym2560x12
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- If configured, the UE uses the configured grant timer (see 38.321, section 5.8.2) with this initial timer value.
|
||
-- Supported values are as follows in units of symbols:
|
||
-- For normal CP: 2, 7, {1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 512, 640 } x 14
|
||
-- For extended CP: 2, 6, {1, 2, 4, 8, 20, 40, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640 } x 12
|
||
configuredGrantTimer ENUMERATED {
|
||
sym2, sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym8x14, sym10x14, sym16x14, sym20x14, sym32x14,
|
||
sym40x14, sym64x14, sym80x14, sym128x14, sym160x14, sym256x14, sym512x14, sym640x14,
|
||
|
||
sym6, sym1x12, sym2x12, sym4x12, sym5x12, sym8x12, sym10x12, sym16x12, sym20x12, sym32x12,
|
||
sym40x12, sym64x12, sym80x12, sym128x12, sym256x12, sym320x12, sym512x12, sym640x12
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Selection between "configured grant" transmission with fully RRC-configured UL grant (Type1)
|
||
-- or with UL grant configured by DCI addressed to CS-RNTI (Type2).
|
||
rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Offset related to SFN=0
|
||
timeDomainOffset INTEGER (0..5119),
|
||
-- Corresponding to the DCI field of time domain resource assignment, and the maximum bit width is 4.
|
||
--(see 38.214, section 6.1.2 and 38.212, section 7.3.1)
|
||
timeDomainAllocation INTEGER (0..15), -- RAN1 indicated just "Mapping-type,Index-start-len"
|
||
-- Corresponding to the DCI field of freq domain resource assignment.
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section 6.1.2, and 38.212, section 7.3.1)
|
||
frequencyDomainAllocation BIT STRING (SIZE(18)),
|
||
-- UE-specific DMRS configuration: corresponding to the DCI field of antenna ports, and the maximum bitwidth is 5.
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section 6.1.2, and 38.212, section 7.3.1)
|
||
antennaPort INTEGER (0..31),
|
||
dmrs-SeqInitialization INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Cond NoTransformPrecoder
|
||
precodingAndNumberOfLayers INTEGER (0..63),
|
||
srs-ResourceIndicator INTEGER (0..15),
|
||
-- The modulation order, target code rate and TB size (see 38.214, section 6.1.2)
|
||
mcsAndTBS INTEGER (0..31),
|
||
-- Enables intra-slot frequency hopping with the given frequency hopping offset
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-hopping' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
|
||
frequencyHoppingOffset INTEGER (1.. maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
|
||
pathlossReferenceIndex INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1),
|
||
...
|
||
} OPTIONAL -- Cond Type1
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CG-UCI-OnPUSCH ::= CHOICE {
|
||
dynamic SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF BetaOffsets,
|
||
semiStatic BetaOffsets
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESET-START
|
||
|
||
ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-ID'
|
||
-- Value 0 identifies the common CORESET configured in MIB and in ServingCellConfigCommon
|
||
-- Values 1..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1 identify CORESETs configured by dedicated signalling
|
||
-- The controlResourceSetId is unique among the BWPs of a ServingCell.
|
||
controlResourceSetId ControlResourceSetId,
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Frequency domain resources for the CORESET. Each bit corresponds a group of 6 RBs, with grouping starting from PRB 0, which is fully
|
||
-- contained in the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured.
|
||
-- The most significant bit corresponds to the group of lowest frequency which is fully contained in the bandwidth part within which the
|
||
-- CORESET is configured, each next subsequent lower significance bit corresponds to the next lowest frequency group fully contained within
|
||
-- the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured, if any.
|
||
-- Bits corresponding to a group not fully contained within the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured are set to zero.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-freq-dom'(see 38.211, section 7.3.2.2)
|
||
frequencyDomainResources BIT STRING (SIZE (45)),
|
||
-- Contiguous time duration of the CORESET in number of symbols
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-time-duration' (see 38.211, section 7.3.2.2FFS_Section)
|
||
duration INTEGER (1..maxCoReSetDuration),
|
||
-- Mapping of Control Channel Elements (CCE) to Resource Element Groups (REG).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-CCE-REG-mapping-type' (see 38.211Section sections 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2)
|
||
cce-REG-MappingType CHOICE {
|
||
interleaved SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Resource Element Groups (REGs) can be bundled to create REG bundles. This parameter defines the size of such bundles.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-REG-bundle-size' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
reg-BundleSize ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n6},
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-interleaver-size' (see 38.211, 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
interleaverSize ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n6},
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-shift-index' (see 38.211, section 7.3.2.2)
|
||
shiftIndex INTEGER(0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1)
|
||
},
|
||
nonInterleaved NULL
|
||
},
|
||
-- Precoder granularity in frequency domain.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-precoder-granuality' (see 38.211, sections 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2)
|
||
precoderGranularity ENUMERATED {sameAsREG-bundle, allContiguousRBs},
|
||
|
||
-- A subset of the TCI states defined in TCI-States used for providing QCL relationships between the DL RS(s) in one RS Set
|
||
-- (TCI-State) and the PDCCH DMRS ports. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TCI-StatesPDCCH' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
tci-StatesPDCCH SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- If at least spatial QCL is configured/indicated, this field indicates if TCI field is present or not present in DL-related DCI.
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE considers the TCI to be absent/disabled.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TCI-PresentInDCI' (see 38,213, section 5.1.5)
|
||
tci-PresentInDCI ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- PDCCH DMRS scrambling initalization. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PDCCH-DMRS-Scrambling-ID' (see 38.214, section 5.1)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value '0'.
|
||
pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESET-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CONTROL-RESOURCE-SET-ID-START
|
||
|
||
ControlResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CONTROL-RESOURCE-SET-ID-STOP
|
||
|
||
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
schedulingCellInfo CHOICE {
|
||
own SEQUENCE { -- No cross carrier scheduling
|
||
cif-Presence BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
other SEQUENCE { -- Cross carrier scheduling
|
||
schedulingCellId ServCellIndex,
|
||
cif-InSchedulingCell INTEGER (1..7)
|
||
} -- Cond SCellOnly
|
||
},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-APERIODICTRIGGERSTATELIST-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrOfCSI-AperiodicTriggers)) OF CSI-AperiodicTriggerState
|
||
|
||
CSI-AperiodicTriggerState ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
associatedReportConfigInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofReportConfigPerAperiodicTrigger)) OF CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The reportConfigId of one of the CSI-ReportConfigToAddMod configured in CSI-MeasConfig
|
||
reportConfigId CSI-ReportConfigId,
|
||
|
||
resourcesForChannel CHOICE {
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig
|
||
-- indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above
|
||
-- (1 corresponds to the first entry, 2 to thesecond entry, and so on).
|
||
resourceSet INTEGER (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig),
|
||
|
||
-- List of references to TCI-States for providing the QCL source and QCL type for for each NZP-CSI-RS-Resource
|
||
-- listed in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel.
|
||
-- First entry in qcl-info-forChannel corresponds to first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of that NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet,
|
||
-- second entry in qcl-info-forChannel corresponds to second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources,
|
||
-- and so on. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'QCL-Info-aPeriodicReportingTrigger' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.5.1)
|
||
qcl-info SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofAP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF TCI-StateId
|
||
},
|
||
-- CSI-SSB-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in csi-SSB-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by
|
||
-- resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (1 corresponds to the first entry, 2 to
|
||
-- the second entry, and so on).
|
||
csi-SSB-ResourceSet INTEGER (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig)
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- CSI-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in csi-IM-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by
|
||
-- csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (1 corresponds to the first entry, 2 to the second
|
||
-- entry, and so on).
|
||
-- The indicated CSI-IM-ResourceSet should have exactly the same number of resources like the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in
|
||
-- nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel.
|
||
-- This field can only be present if the CSI-ReportConfig identified by reportConfigId includes csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference.
|
||
csi-IM-ResourcesforInteference INTEGER(1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig) OPTIONAL, --Cond CSI-IM-forInterference
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by
|
||
-- nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (1 corresponds to the first entry,
|
||
-- 2 to the second entry, and so on).
|
||
-- The indicated NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet should have exactly the same number of resources like the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in
|
||
-- nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel.
|
||
-- This field can only be present if the CSI-ReportConfig identified by reportConfigId includes nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference.
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforInterference INTEGER (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig) OPTIONAL, --Cond LinkedNZP-CSI-RS-forInterference
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-APERIODICTRIGGERSTATELIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-FREQUENCYOCCUPATION-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-FrequencyOccupation ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- PRB where this CSI resource starts in relation to PRB 0 of the associated BWP.
|
||
-- Only multiples of 4 are allowed (0, 4, ...)
|
||
startingRB INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
|
||
-- Number of PRBs across which this CSI resource spans. Only multiples of 4 are allowed. The smallest configurable
|
||
-- number is the minimum of 24 and the width of the associated BWP.
|
||
nrofRBs INTEGER (24..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks),
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-FREQUENCYOCCUPATION-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCE-START
|
||
CSI-IM-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
csi-IM-ResourceId CSI-IM-ResourceId,
|
||
|
||
-- The resource element pattern (Pattern0 (2,2) or Pattern1 (4,1)) with corresponding parameters.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-RE-pattern' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
|
||
csi-IM-ResourceElementPattern CHOICE {
|
||
pattern0 SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
|
||
subcarrierLocation-p0 ENUMERATED { s0, s2, s4, s6, s8, s10 },
|
||
-- OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
|
||
symbolLocation-p0 INTEGER (0..12)
|
||
},
|
||
pattern1 SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
|
||
subcarrierLocation-p1 ENUMERATED { s0, s4, s8 },
|
||
-- OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
|
||
symbolLocation-p1 INTEGER (0..13)
|
||
}
|
||
} OPTIONAL, --Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Frequency-occupancy of CSI-IM. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-FreqBand' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.2)
|
||
freqBand CSI-FrequencyOccupation OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Periodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent CSI-IM. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-timeConfig'
|
||
periodicityAndOffset CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset OPTIONAL, --Cond PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCEID-START
|
||
CSI-IM-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCEID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESET-START
|
||
CSI-IM-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
csi-IM-ResourceSetId CSI-IM-ResourceSetId,
|
||
-- CSI-IM-Resources associated with this CSI-IM-ResourceSet
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceConfigList' (see 38.214, section 5.2)
|
||
csi-IM-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourcesPerSet)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceId,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESET-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESETID-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-IM-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESETID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-MEAS-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Pool of NZP-CSI-RS-Resource which can be referred to from NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Pool of NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Pool of CSI-IM-Resource which can be referred to from CSI-IM-ResourceSet
|
||
csi-IM-ResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources)) OF CSI-IM-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
csi-IM-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Pool of CSI-IM-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs
|
||
csi-IM-ResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
csi-IM-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Pool of CSI-SSB-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig
|
||
csi-SSB-ResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
csi-SSB-ResourceSetToAddReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Configured CSI resource settings as specified in TS 38.214 section 5.2.1.2
|
||
csi-ResourceConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations)) OF CSI-ResourceConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
csi-ResourceConfigToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations)) OF CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Configured CSI report settings as specified in TS 38.214 section 5.2.1.1
|
||
csi-ReportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations)) OF CSI-ReportConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
csi-ReportConfigToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations)) OF CSI-ReportConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Size of CSI request field in DCI (bits). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ReportTriggerSize' (see 38.214, section 5.2)
|
||
reportTriggerSize INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- Contains trigger states for dynamically selecting one or more aperiodic and semi-persistent reporting configurations
|
||
-- and/or triggering one or more aperiodic CSI-RS resource sets for channel and/or interference measurement.
|
||
-- FFS: How to address the MAC-CE configuration
|
||
aperiodicTriggerStateList SetupRelease { CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
semiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList SetupRelease { CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 63
|
||
|
||
maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 63
|
||
|
||
maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 63
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-MEAS-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-START
|
||
-- Configuration of a CSI-Report sent on L1 (e.g. PUCCH) (see 38.214, section 5.2.1)
|
||
CSI-ReportConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
reportConfigId CSI-ReportConfigId,
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates in which serving cell the CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod(s) below are to be found.
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the resources are on the same serving cell as this report configuration.
|
||
carrier ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Resources for channel measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell
|
||
-- indicated with the field "carrier" above. This CSI-ReportConfig is associated with the DL BWP indicated by bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig.
|
||
resourcesForChannelMeasurement CSI-ResourceConfigId,
|
||
|
||
-- CSI IM resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell
|
||
-- indicated with the field "carrier" above. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod is the same value like the bwp-Id in the
|
||
-- CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
|
||
csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- NZP CSI RS resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod included in the configuration of the
|
||
-- serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod is the same value like the bwp-Id in the
|
||
-- CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Time domain behavior of reporting configuration
|
||
reportConfigType CHOICE {
|
||
periodic SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Periodicity and slot offset. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ReportPeriodicity'and 'ReportSlotOffset'
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section section 5.2.1.4).
|
||
reportSlotConfig CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset,
|
||
-- Indicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
|
||
pucch-CSI-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource
|
||
},
|
||
semiPersistentOnPUCCH SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Periodicity and slot offset. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ReportPeriodicity' and 'ReportSlotOffset'
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section section 5.2.1.4).
|
||
reportSlotConfig CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset,
|
||
-- Indicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
|
||
pucch-CSI-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource
|
||
},
|
||
semiPersistentOnPUSCH SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Periodicity. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Reportperiodicity-spCSI'. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.1?FFS_Section)
|
||
reportSlotConfig ENUMERATED {sl5, sl10, sl20, sl40, sl80, sl160, sl320},
|
||
-- Timing offset Y for aperiodic reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values.
|
||
-- A particular value is indicated in DCI. The first report is transmitted in slot n+Y, second report in n+Y+P,
|
||
-- where P is the configured periodicity.
|
||
reportSlotOffsetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..7),
|
||
-- RNTI for SP CSI-RNTI, Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SPCSI-RNTI' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.5.2)
|
||
-- FFS: RAN1 models different RNTIs as different Search Spaces with independent configurations. Align the configuration
|
||
-- of this one (e.g. group with monitoring periodicity, PDCCH candidate configuration, DCI-Payload size...)?
|
||
csi-RNTI RNTI-Value,
|
||
-- Index of the p0-alpha set determining the power control for this CSI report transmission.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SPCSI-p0alpha' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
p0alpha P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId
|
||
},
|
||
aperiodic SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Timing offset Y for aperiodic reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. A particular value is indicated in DCI.
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section 5.2.3)
|
||
-- FFS_Value: Range wasn’t final in RAN1 table.
|
||
-- FFS_FIXME: How are the DCI codepoints mapped to the allowed offsets?
|
||
reportSlotOffsetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF INTEGER (0..7)
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
-- The CSI related quanities to report. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ReportQuantity' (see 38.214, section REF)
|
||
reportQuantity CHOICE {
|
||
none NULL,
|
||
cri-RI-PMI-CQI NULL,
|
||
cri-RI-i1 NULL,
|
||
cri-RI-i1-CQI SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- PRB bundling size to assume for CQI calcuation when reportQuantity is CRI/RI/i1/CQI
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PDSCH-bundle-size-for-CSI' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
|
||
pdsch-BundleSizeForCSI ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL
|
||
},
|
||
cri-RI-CQI NULL,
|
||
cri-RSRP NULL,
|
||
ssb-Index-RSRP NULL,
|
||
cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI NULL
|
||
},
|
||
-- Reporting configuration in the frequency domain. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
|
||
reportFreqConfiguration SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Indicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) CQI. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
|
||
cqi-FormatIndicator ENUMERATED { widebandCQI, subbandCQI },
|
||
-- Indicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) PMI. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
|
||
pmi-FormatIndicator ENUMERATED { widebandPMI, subbandPMI },
|
||
-- Indicates a contiguous or non-contigous subset of subbands in the bandwidth part which CSI shall be reported
|
||
-- for. Each bit in the bit-string represents one subband. The right-most bit in the bit string represents the
|
||
-- lowest subband in the BWP. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
|
||
-- The number of subbands is determined according to 38.214 section 5.2.1.4. It is absent if there are less than 24 PRBs (no sub band)
|
||
-- and present otherwise, the number of sub bands can be from 3 (24 PRBs, sub band size 8) to 18 (72 PRBs, sub band size 4).
|
||
csi-ReportingBand CHOICE {
|
||
subbands3 BIT STRING(SIZE(3)),
|
||
subbands4 BIT STRING(SIZE(4)),
|
||
subbands5 BIT STRING(SIZE(5)),
|
||
subbands6 BIT STRING(SIZE(6)),
|
||
subbands7 BIT STRING(SIZE(7)),
|
||
subbands8 BIT STRING(SIZE(8)),
|
||
subbands9 BIT STRING(SIZE(9)),
|
||
subbands10 BIT STRING(SIZE(10)),
|
||
subbands11 BIT STRING(SIZE(11)),
|
||
subbands12 BIT STRING(SIZE(12)),
|
||
subbands13 BIT STRING(SIZE(13)),
|
||
subbands14 BIT STRING(SIZE(14)),
|
||
subbands15 BIT STRING(SIZE(15)),
|
||
subbands16 BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
|
||
subbands17 BIT STRING(SIZE(17)),
|
||
subbands18 BIT STRING(SIZE(18)),
|
||
...
|
||
} OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
|
||
},
|
||
-- Time domain measurement restriction for the channel (signal) measurements.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MeasRestrictionConfig-time-channel' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.1)
|
||
timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements ENUMERATED {configured, notConfigured},
|
||
-- Time domain measurement restriction for interference measurements.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MeasRestrictionConfig-time-interference' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.1)
|
||
timeRestrictionForInterferenceMeasurements ENUMERATED {configured, notConfigured},
|
||
-- Codebook configuration for Type-1 or Type-II including codebook subset restriction
|
||
codebookConfig CodebookConfig,
|
||
-- Maximum number of CQIs per CSI report (cf. 1 for 1-CW, 2 for 2-CW)
|
||
nrofCQIsPerReport ENUMERATED {n1, n2},
|
||
-- Turning on/off group beam based reporting (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
|
||
groupBasedBeamReporting CHOICE {
|
||
enabled NULL,
|
||
disabled SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The number (N) of measured RS resources to be reported per report setting in a non-group-based report.
|
||
-- N <= N_max, where N_max is either 2 or 4 depending on UE capability.
|
||
-- FFS: The signaling mechanism for the gNB to select a subset of N beams for the UE to measure and report.
|
||
-- FFS: Note: this parameter may not be needed for certain resource and/or report settings
|
||
-- FFS_ASN1: Change groupBasedBeamReporting into a CHOICE and include this field into the "no" option?
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1
|
||
nrofReportedRS ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- Which CQI table to use for CQI calculation. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CQI-table' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.1)
|
||
cqi-Table ENUMERATED {table1, table2, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- Indicates one out of two possible BWP-dependent values for the subband size as indicated in 38.214 table 5.2.1.4-2
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SubbandSize' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
|
||
subbandSize ENUMERATED {value1, value2},
|
||
-- BLER target that the UE shall be assume in its CQI calculation.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'BLER-Target' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.1)
|
||
-- FFS_Values (now filled with spares)
|
||
bler-Target ENUMERATED {zerodot1, spare3, space2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- Port indication for RI/CQI calculation. For each CSI-RS resource in the linked ResourceConfig for channel measurement,
|
||
-- a port indication for each rank R, indicating which R ports to use. Applicable only for non-PMI feedback.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Non-PMI-PortIndication' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- The first entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in
|
||
-- nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the
|
||
-- CSI-ResourceConfig whose CSI-ResourceConfigId is indicated in a CSI-MeasId together with the above CSI-ReportConfigId,
|
||
-- the second entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the second entry in
|
||
-- nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the
|
||
-- same CSI-ResourceConfig, and so on until the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the last entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources
|
||
-- in the in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the
|
||
-- same CSI-ResourceConfig, then the next entry corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry
|
||
-- in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the second entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the
|
||
-- same CSI-ResourceConfig and so on.
|
||
non-PMI-PortIndication SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerConfig)) OF PortIndexFor8Ranks OPTIONAL, ...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE {
|
||
slots4 INTEGER(0..3),
|
||
slots5 INTEGER(0..4),
|
||
slots8 INTEGER(0..7),
|
||
slots10 INTEGER(0..9),
|
||
slots16 INTEGER(0..15),
|
||
slots20 INTEGER(0..19),
|
||
slots40 INTEGER(0..39),
|
||
slots80 INTEGER(0..79),
|
||
slots160 INTEGER(0..159),
|
||
slots320 INTEGER(0..319)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-CSI-Resource ::= CHOICE {
|
||
uplinkBandwidthPartId BWP-Id,
|
||
-- PUCCH resource for the associated uplink BWP. Only PUCCH-Resource of format 2, 3 and 4 is supported.
|
||
pucch-Resource PUCCH-Resource
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- The PortIndexFor8Ranks allows to indicate port indexes for 1 to 8 ranks using a port index ranges from 0 to 31, or from 0 to 15, or from 0
|
||
-- to 7, or from 0 to 3, or from 0 to 1, or with 0 only.
|
||
|
||
PortIndexFor8Ranks ::= CHOICE {
|
||
portIndex8 SEQUENCE{
|
||
rank1-8 PortIndex8,
|
||
rank2-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..2)) OF PortIndex8,
|
||
rank3-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..3)) OF PortIndex8,
|
||
rank4-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..4)) OF PortIndex8,
|
||
rank5-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..5)) OF PortIndex8,
|
||
rank6-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..6)) OF PortIndex8,
|
||
rank7-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..7)) OF PortIndex8,
|
||
rank8-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..8)) OF PortIndex8
|
||
},
|
||
portIndex4 SEQUENCE{
|
||
rank1-4 PortIndex4,
|
||
rank2-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..2)) OF PortIndex4,
|
||
rank3-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..3)) OF PortIndex4,
|
||
rank4-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..4)) OF PortIndex4
|
||
},
|
||
portIndex2 SEQUENCE{
|
||
rank1-2 PortIndex2,
|
||
rank2-2 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..2)) OF PortIndex2
|
||
},
|
||
portIndex1 NULL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PortIndex8::= INTEGER (0..7)
|
||
PortIndex4::= INTEGER (0..3)
|
||
PortIndex2::= INTEGER (0..1)
|
||
|
||
maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerConfig INTEGER ::= 128
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIGID-START
|
||
CSI-ReportConfigId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIGID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
-- One CSI resource configuration comprising of one or more resource sets
|
||
CSI-ResourceConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- Used in CSI-ReportConfig to refer to an instance of CSI-ResourceConfig
|
||
csi-ResourceConfigId CSI-ResourceConfigId,
|
||
|
||
-- Contains up to maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if ResourceConfigType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ResourceSetConfigList' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.3.1)
|
||
csi-RS-ResourceSetList CHOICE {
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-SSB SEQUENCE {
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- List of SSB resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a resource set
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'resource-config-SS-list' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
csi-SSB-ResourceSetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL
|
||
},
|
||
csi-IM-ResourceSetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- The DL BWP which the CSI-RS associated with this CSI-ResourceConfig are located in.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'BWP-Info' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.2
|
||
bwp-Id BWP-Id,
|
||
|
||
-- Time domain behavior of resource configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ResourceConfigType' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.5)
|
||
resourceType ENUMERATED { aperiodic, semiPersistent, periodic },
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGTOADDMOD-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGID-START
|
||
CSI-ResourceConfigId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCEPERIODICITYANDOFFSET-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE {
|
||
slots4 INTEGER (0..3),
|
||
slots5 INTEGER (0..4),
|
||
slots8 INTEGER (0..7),
|
||
slots10 INTEGER (0..9),
|
||
slots16 INTEGER (0..15),
|
||
slots20 INTEGER (0..19),
|
||
slots32 INTEGER (0..31),
|
||
slots40 INTEGER (0..39),
|
||
slots64 INTEGER (0..63),
|
||
slots80 INTEGER (0..79),
|
||
slots160 INTEGER (0..159),
|
||
slots320 INTEGER (0..319),
|
||
slots640 INTEGER (0..639)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-RESIYRCEPERIODICITYANDOFFSET-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCEMAPPING-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Frequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3 including table 7.4.1.5.2-1.
|
||
-- The number of bits that may be set to one depend on the chosen row in that table. For the choice "other", the row can be determined from
|
||
-- the parmeters below and from the number of bits set to 1 in frequencyDomainAllocation.
|
||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {
|
||
row1 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
|
||
row2 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)),
|
||
row4 BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
|
||
other BIT STRING (SIZE (6))
|
||
},
|
||
-- Number of ports (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
|
||
nrofPorts ENUMERATED {p1,p2,p4,p8,p12,p16,p24,p32},
|
||
-- Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS.
|
||
-- Parameter l0 in 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3. Value 2 is supported only when DL-DMRS-typeA-pos equals 3.
|
||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain INTEGER (0..13),
|
||
-- Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. Parameter l1 in 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3.
|
||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain2 INTEGER (0..13) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- CDM type (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
|
||
cdm-Type ENUMERATED {noCDM, fd-CDM2, cdm4-FD2-TD2, cdm8-FD2-TD4},
|
||
-- Density of CSI-RS resource measured in RE/port/PRB. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-Density' (see 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3)
|
||
-- Values 0.5 (dot5), 1 (one) and 3 (three) are allowed for X=1,
|
||
-- values 0.5 (dot5) and 1 (one) are allowed for X=2, 16, 24 and 32,
|
||
-- value 1 (one) is allowed for X=4, 8, 12.
|
||
-- For density = 1/2, includes 1 bit indication for RB level comb offset indicating whether odd or even RBs are occupied by CSI-RS
|
||
density CHOICE {
|
||
dot5 ENUMERATED {evenPRBs, oddPRBs},
|
||
one NULL,
|
||
three NULL,
|
||
spare NULL
|
||
},
|
||
-- Wideband or partial band CSI-RS. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-FreqBand' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
|
||
freqBand CSI-FrequencyOccupation,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCEMAPPING-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-SEMIPERSISTENTONPUSCHTRIGGERSTATELIST-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrOfSemiPersistentPUSCH-Triggers)) OF CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState
|
||
CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
associatedReportConfigInfo CSI-ReportConfigId,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
maxNrOfSemiPersistentPUSCH-Triggers INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of triggers for semi persistent reporting on PUSCH
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-SEMIPERSISTENTONPUSCHTRIGGERSTATELIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESETID-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESETID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESET-START
|
||
|
||
CSI-SSB-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
csi-SSB-ResourceSetId CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId,
|
||
csi-SSB-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourcePerSet)) OF SSB-Index,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESET-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-DMRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Selection of the DMRS type to be used for DL (see 38.211, section 7.4.1.1.1).
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
|
||
dmrs-Type ENUMERATED {type2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Position for additional DM-RS in DL, see Table 7.4.1.1.2-4 in 38.211.
|
||
-- The four values represent the cases of 1+0, 1+1, 1+1+1. 1+1+1+1 non-adjacent OFDM symbols for DL.
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2.
|
||
dmrs-AdditionalPosition ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- DM-RS groups that are QCL:ed, i.e. group 1 (see 38.214, section 5.1)
|
||
dmrs-group1 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- DM-RS groups that are QCL:ed, i.e. group 2 (see 38.214, section 5.1)
|
||
dmrs-group2 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- The maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS. 'len1' corresponds to value 1. 'len2 corresponds to value 2.
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-DMRS-max-len' (see 38.214, section 5.1)
|
||
maxLength ENUMERATED {len2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- DL DMRS scrambling initalization
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'n_SCID 0' (see 38.211, section 7.4.1)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId) configured for this serving cell."
|
||
scramblingID0 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- DL DMRS scrambling initalization. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'n_SCID 1' (see 38.211, section 7.4.1)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value (physCellId) configured for this serving cell.
|
||
scramblingID1 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Configures downlink PTRS. If absent of released, the UE assumes that downlink PTRS are not present. See 38.214 section 5.1.6.3
|
||
phaseTrackingRS SetupRelease { PTRS-DownlinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-DMRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-DMRS-UPLINKCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
DMRS-UplinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Selection of the DMRS type to be used for UL (see section 38.211, section 6.4.1.1.3)
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
|
||
dmrs-Type ENUMERATED {type2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Position for additional DM-RS in UL. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-DMRS-add-pos' (see Table 7.4.1.1.2-4 in 38.211)
|
||
-- The four values represent the cases of 1+0, 1+1, 1+1+1. 1+1+1+1 non-adjacent OFDM symbols for UL.
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2.
|
||
dmrs-AdditionalPosition ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Configures uplink PTRS (see 38.211, section x.x.x.x) FFS_Ref
|
||
phaseTrackingRS SetupRelease { PTRS-UplinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- The maximum number of OFDM symbols for UL front loaded DMRS. 'len1' corresponds to value 1. 'len2 corresponds to value 2.
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-DMRS-max-len' (see 38.214, section 6.4.1.1.2)
|
||
maxLength ENUMERATED {len2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
transformPrecoding CHOICE {
|
||
-- DMRS related parameters for Cyclic Prefix OFDM
|
||
disabled SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- UL DMRS scrambling initalization for CP-OFDM
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'n_SCID 0' (see 38.214, section 6.4.1.1.2)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId)
|
||
scramblingID0 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- UL DMRS scrambling initalization for CP-OFDM.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'n_SCID 1' (see 38.214, section 6.4.1.1.2)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId)
|
||
scramblingID1 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
|
||
},
|
||
-- DMRS related parameters for DFT-s-OFDM (Transform Precoding)
|
||
enabled SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Parameter: N_ID^(PUSCH) for DFT-s-OFDM DMRS. If the value is absent or released, the UE uses the Physical cell ID.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'nPUSCH-Identity-Transform precoding' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
nPUSCH-Identity INTEGER(0..1007) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Sequence-group hopping for PUSCH can be disabled for a certain UE despite being enabled on a cell basis. For DFT-s-OFDM DMRS
|
||
-- If the field is released, the UE considers group hopping to be enabled.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Disable-sequence-group-hopping-Transform-precoding' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
disableSequenceGroupHopping ENUMERATED {disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Determines if sequence hopping is enabled or not. For DFT-s-OFDM DMRS.
|
||
-- If the field is released, the UE considers sequence hopping to be disabled.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Sequence-hopping-enabled-Transform-precoding' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
sequenceHoppingEnabled ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-DMRS-UPLINKCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-DOWNLINKPREEMPTION-START
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of downlink preemption indication on PDCCH.
|
||
DownlinkPreemption ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- RNTI used for indication pre-emption in DL.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'INT-RNTI', where ”INT” stands for ”interruption” (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
int-RNTI RNTI-Value,
|
||
|
||
-- Set selection for DL-preemption indication. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'int-TF-unit' (see 38.213, section 10.1)
|
||
-- The set determines how the UE interprets the DL preemption DCI payload.
|
||
timeFrequencySet ENUMERATED {set0, set1},
|
||
|
||
-- Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with INT-RNTI. The value must be an integer multiple of 14 bit.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'INT-DCI-payload-length' (see 38.213, section 11.2)
|
||
dci-PayloadSize INTEGER (0..maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize),
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates (per serving cell) the position of the 14 bit INT values inside the DCI payload.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'INT-cell-to-INT' and 'cell-to-INT' (see 38.213, section 11.2)
|
||
int-ConfigurationPerServingCell SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
servingCellId ServCellIndex,
|
||
-- Starting position (in number of bit) of the 14 bit INT value applicable for this serving cell (servingCellId) within the DCI
|
||
-- payload. Must be multiples of 14 (bit). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'INT-values' (see 38.213, section 11.2)
|
||
positionInDCI INTEGER (0..maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize-1)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-DOWNLINKPREEMPTION-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-DRB-IDENTITY-START
|
||
|
||
DRB-Identity ::= INTEGER (1..32)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-DRB-IDENTITY-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-EUTRA-MBSFN-SUBFRAMECONFIGLIST-START
|
||
|
||
EUTRA-MBSFN-SubframeConfigList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF EUTRA-MBSFN-SubframeConfig
|
||
|
||
EUTRA-MBSFN-SubframeConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
|
||
radioframeAllocationPeriod ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32},
|
||
-- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
|
||
radioframeAllocationOffset INTEGER (0..7),
|
||
-- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
|
||
subframeAllocation CHOICE {
|
||
-- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
|
||
oneFrame BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
|
||
-- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
|
||
fourFrames BIT STRING (SIZE(24))
|
||
},
|
||
subframeAllocation-v1430 CHOICE {
|
||
-- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
|
||
oneFrame-v1430 BIT STRING (SIZE(2)),
|
||
-- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
|
||
fourFrames-v1430 BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-EUTRA-MBSFN-SUBFRAMECONFIGLIST-STOP
|
||
|
||
FilterCoefficient ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
fc0, fc1, fc2, fc3, fc4, fc5,
|
||
fc6, fc7, fc8, fc9, fc11, fc13,
|
||
fc15, fc17, fc19, spare1, ...}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-FREQBANDINDICATORNR-START
|
||
|
||
FreqBandIndicatorNR ::= INTEGER (1..1024)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-FREQBANDINDICATORNR-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-FREQUENCY-INFO-DL-START
|
||
|
||
FrequencyInfoDL ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Frequency of the SSB to be used for this serving cell. The frequency provided in this field identifies the position of
|
||
-- resource element RE=#0 (subcarrier #0) of resource block RB#10 of the SS block. The cell-defining SSB of an SpCell is always on
|
||
-- the sync raster. Frequencies are considered to be on the sync raster if they are also identifiable with a GSCN value (see 38.101).
|
||
absoluteFrequencySSB ARFCN-ValueNR,
|
||
-- The frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers.
|
||
-- Absence of the field indicates that no offset is applied (offset = 0). For FR2 only values up to 11 are applicable.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter kssb (See 38.211, section 7.4.3.1)
|
||
ssb-SubcarrierOffset INTEGER (1..23) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- List of one or multiple frequency bands to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are only supported in
|
||
-- system information but not when the FrequencyInfoDL is provided in dedicated signalling (HO or S(p)Cell addition).
|
||
frequencyBandList MultiFrequencyBandListNR,
|
||
-- Absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A.
|
||
-- Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-ref-low-scs-ref-PRB' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
absoluteFrequencyPointA ARFCN-ValueNR,
|
||
|
||
-- A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-pointA-set' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
scs-SpecificCarrierList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-FREQUENCY-INFO-UL-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-FREQUENCY-INFO-UL-START
|
||
|
||
FrequencyInfoUL ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- List of one or multiple frequency bands to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are only supported in
|
||
-- system information but not when the FrequencyInfoDL is provided in dedicated signalling (HO or S(p)Cell addition).
|
||
frequencyBandList MultiFrequencyBandListNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
|
||
-- Absolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-ref-low-scs-ref-PRB' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
absoluteFrequencyPointA ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
|
||
-- A set of virtual carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A.
|
||
-- Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-pointA-set' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
scs-SpecificCarriers SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier,
|
||
|
||
-- The additional spectrum emission requirements to be applied by the UE on this uplink.
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE applies the value FFS_RAN4. (see FFS_section, section FFS_Section)
|
||
additionalSpectrumEmission AdditionalSpectrumEmission OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- FFS_Definition. Corresponds to parameter FFS_RAN4. (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE applies the value FFS_RAN4.
|
||
p-Max P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Enable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5KHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
|
||
frequencyShift7p5khz ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL-Optional
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-FREQUENCY-INFO-UL-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-GSCN-VALUE-NR-START
|
||
|
||
GSCN-ValueNR ::= INTEGER (1..28557)
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-GSCN-VALUE-NR-STOP
|
||
|
||
Hysteresis ::= INTEGER (0..30)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-LOGICAL-CHANNEL-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
LogicalChannelConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ul-SpecificParameters SEQUENCE {
|
||
priority INTEGER (1..16),
|
||
prioritisedBitRate ENUMERATED {kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128, kBps256, kBps512,
|
||
kBps1024, kBps2048, kBps4096, kBps8192, kBps16384, kBps32768, kBps65536, infinity},
|
||
bucketSizeDuration ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, spare2, spare1},
|
||
|
||
allowedServingCells SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells-1)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
allowedSCS-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
maxPUSCH-Duration ENUMERATED { ms0p02, ms0p04, ms0p0625, ms0p125, ms0p25, ms0p5, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
configuredGrantType1Allowed ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
logicalChannelGroup INTEGER (0..maxLCG-ID) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
schedulingRequestID SchedulingRequestId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
logicalChannelSR-Mask BOOLEAN,
|
||
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerApplied BOOLEAN
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond UL
|
||
|
||
-- other parameters
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-LOGICAL-CHANNEL-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MAC-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
MAC-CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
drx-Config SetupRelease { DRX-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
schedulingRequestConfig SchedulingRequestConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
bsr-Config BSR-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
tag-Config TAG-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
phr-Config SetupRelease { PHR-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- FFS : configurable per SCell?
|
||
skipUplinkTxDynamic BOOLEAN,
|
||
-- RNTI value for downlink SPS (see SPS-config) and uplink configured scheduling (see ConfiguredSchedulingConfig).
|
||
cs-RNTI SetupRelease { RNTI-Value } OPTIONAL -- Need M
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
DRX-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
drx-onDurationTimer CHOICE {
|
||
subMilliSeconds INTEGER (1..31),
|
||
milliSeconds ENUMERATED {
|
||
ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60,
|
||
ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms800, ms1000, ms1200,
|
||
ms1600, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 }
|
||
},
|
||
drx-InactivityTimer ENUMERATED {
|
||
ms0, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80,
|
||
ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare9, spare8,
|
||
spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
|
||
drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL INTEGER (0..56),
|
||
drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL INTEGER (0..56),
|
||
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL ENUMERATED {
|
||
sl0, sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6, sl8, sl16, sl24, sl33, sl40, sl64, sl80, sl96, sl112, sl128,
|
||
sl160, sl320, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9,
|
||
spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
|
||
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL ENUMERATED {
|
||
sl0, sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6, sl8, sl16, sl24, sl33, sl40, sl64, sl80, sl96, sl112, sl128,
|
||
sl160, sl320, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9,
|
||
spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 },
|
||
drx-LongCycleStartOffset CHOICE {
|
||
ms10 INTEGER(0..9),
|
||
ms20 INTEGER(0..19),
|
||
ms32 INTEGER(0..31),
|
||
ms40 INTEGER(0..39),
|
||
ms60 INTEGER(0..59),
|
||
ms64 INTEGER(0..63),
|
||
ms70 INTEGER(0..69),
|
||
ms80 INTEGER(0..79),
|
||
ms128 INTEGER(0..127),
|
||
ms160 INTEGER(0..159),
|
||
ms256 INTEGER(0..255),
|
||
ms320 INTEGER(0..319),
|
||
ms512 INTEGER(0..511),
|
||
ms640 INTEGER(0..639),
|
||
ms1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
|
||
ms1280 INTEGER(0..1279),
|
||
ms2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
|
||
ms2560 INTEGER(0..2559),
|
||
ms5120 INTEGER(0..5119),
|
||
ms10240 INTEGER(0..10239)
|
||
},
|
||
-- FFS need for finer offset granulary
|
||
-- FFS need for shorter values for long and short cycles
|
||
shortDRX SEQUENCE {
|
||
drx-ShortCycle ENUMERATED {
|
||
ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms7, ms8, ms10, ms14, ms16, ms20, ms30, ms32,
|
||
ms35, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, spare9,
|
||
spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 },
|
||
drx-ShortCycleTimer INTEGER (1..16)
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
drx-SlotOffset INTEGER (0..31)
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PHR-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
phr-PeriodicTimer ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200,sf500, sf1000, infinity},
|
||
phr-ProhibitTimer ENUMERATED {sf0, sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100,sf200, sf500, sf1000},
|
||
phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange ENUMERATED {dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity},
|
||
multiplePHR BOOLEAN,
|
||
phr-Type2PCell BOOLEAN,
|
||
phr-Type2OtherCell BOOLEAN,
|
||
phr-ModeOtherCG ENUMERATED {real, virtual}
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
TAG-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
tag-ToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofTAGs)) OF TAG-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
tag-ToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofTAGs)) OF TAG-ToAddMod OPTIONAL -- Need N
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
TAG-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
tag-Id TAG-Id,
|
||
timeAlignmentTimer TimeAlignmentTimer,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
TAG-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofTAGs-1)
|
||
|
||
TimeAlignmentTimer ::= ENUMERATED {ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, infinity}
|
||
|
||
BSR-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
periodicBSR-Timer ENUMERATED {
|
||
sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, infinity},
|
||
retxBSR-Timer ENUMERATED { sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120, sf10240, spare5, spare4,
|
||
spare3, spare2, spare1},
|
||
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer ENUMERATED { sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MAC-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Measurement objects
|
||
measObjectToRemoveList MeasObjectToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
measObjectToAddModList MeasObjectToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Reporting configurations
|
||
reportConfigToRemoveList ReportConfigToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
reportConfigToAddModList ReportConfigToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Measurement identities
|
||
measIdToRemoveList MeasIdToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
measIdToAddModList MeasIdToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Other parameters
|
||
--s-Measure config
|
||
s-MeasureConfig CHOICE {
|
||
ssb-RSRP RSRP-Range,
|
||
csi-RSRP RSRP-Range
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
quantityConfig QuantityConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
--Placehold for measGapConfig
|
||
measGapConfig MeasGapConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasObjectToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId
|
||
|
||
MeasIdToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasId
|
||
|
||
ReportConfigToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigId
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
--TAG-MEAS-GAP-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
MeasGapConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
gapFR2 SetupRelease { GapConfig } OPTIONAL,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GapConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
gapOffset INTEGER (0..159),
|
||
mgl ENUMERATED {ms1dot5, ms3, ms3dot5, ms4, ms5dot5, ms6},
|
||
mgrp ENUMERATED {ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160},
|
||
mgta ENUMERATED {ms0, ms0dot25, ms0dot5},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-GAP-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-ID-START
|
||
|
||
MeasId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofMeasId)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-ID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-ID-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-START
|
||
|
||
MeasIdToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod
|
||
|
||
MeasIdToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
measId MeasId,
|
||
measObjectId MeasObjectId,
|
||
reportConfigId ReportConfigId
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-ID-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-ID-START
|
||
|
||
MeasObjectId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofObjectId)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-ID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-NR-START
|
||
|
||
MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ssbFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
refFreqCSI-RS ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
--RS configuration (e.g. SMTC window, CSI-RS resource, etc.)
|
||
referenceSignalConfig ReferenceSignalConfig,
|
||
|
||
--Consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index
|
||
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
--Config for cell measurement derivation
|
||
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
nrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage INTEGER (2..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Filter coefficients applicable to this measurement object
|
||
quantityConfigIndex INTEGER (1..maxNrofQuantityConfig),
|
||
|
||
--Frequency-specific offsets
|
||
offsetFreq Q-OffsetRangeList,
|
||
|
||
-- Cell list
|
||
cellsToRemoveList PCI-List OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
cellsToAddModList CellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Black list
|
||
blackCellsToRemoveList PCI-RangeIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
blackCellsToAddModList BlackCellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- White list
|
||
whiteCellsToRemoveList PCI-RangeIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
whiteCellsToAddModList WhiteCellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ReferenceSignalConfig::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- SSB configuration for mobility (nominal SSBs, timing configuration)
|
||
ssb-ConfigMobility SSB-ConfigMobility OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- CSI-RS resources to be used for CSI-RS based RRM measurements
|
||
csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility SetupRelease { CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility } OPTIONAL-- Need M
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- A measurement timing configuration
|
||
SSB-ConfigMobility::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
--Only the values 15, 30 or 60 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable
|
||
subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
|
||
-- The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SSB-measured' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks
|
||
-- FFS_CHECK: Is this IE placed correctly.
|
||
ssb-ToMeasure SetupRelease { SSB-ToMeasure } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates whether the UE can utilize serving cell timing to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell:
|
||
useServingCellTimingForSync BOOLEAN,
|
||
|
||
-- Primary measurement timing configuration. Applicable for intra- and inter-frequency measurements.
|
||
smtc1 SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Periodicity and offset of the measurement window in which to receive SS/PBCH blocks.
|
||
-- Periodicity and offset are given in number of subframes.
|
||
-- FFS_FIXME: This does not match the L1 parameter table! They seem to intend an index to a hidden table in L1 specs.
|
||
-- (see 38.213, section REF):
|
||
periodicityAndOffset CHOICE {
|
||
sf5 INTEGER (0..4),
|
||
sf10 INTEGER (0..9),
|
||
sf20 INTEGER (0..19),
|
||
sf40 INTEGER (0..39),
|
||
sf80 INTEGER (0..79),
|
||
sf160 INTEGER (0..159)
|
||
},
|
||
-- Duration of the measurement window in which to receive SS/PBCH blocks. It is given in number of subframes
|
||
-- (see 38.213, section 4.1)
|
||
duration ENUMERATED { sf1, sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5 }
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- Secondary measurement timing confguration for explicitly signalled PCIs. It uses the offset and duration from smtc1.
|
||
-- It is supported only for intra-frequency measurements in RRC CONNECTED.
|
||
smtc2 SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- PCIs that are known to follow this SMTC.
|
||
pci-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCIsPerSMTC)) OF PhysCellId OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Periodicity for the given PCIs. Timing offset and Duration as provided in smtc1.
|
||
periodicity ENUMERATED {sf5, sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, spare2, spare1}
|
||
} OPTIONAL,-- Cond IntraFreqConnected
|
||
ss-RSSI-Measurement SEQUENCE {
|
||
measurementSlots CHOICE {
|
||
kHz15 BIT STRING (SIZE(1)),
|
||
kHz30 BIT STRING (SIZE(2)),
|
||
kHz60 BIT STRING (SIZE(4)),
|
||
kHz120 BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
|
||
},
|
||
endSymbol INTEGER(0..13)
|
||
} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- MO specific values
|
||
isServingCellMO BOOLEAN,
|
||
-- Subcarrier spacing of CSI-RS.
|
||
-- Only the values 15, 30 or 60 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Numerology' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
|
||
-- List of cells
|
||
csi-RS-CellList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM)) OF CSI-RS-CellMobility
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CSI-RS-CellMobility ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
cellId PhysCellId,
|
||
|
||
csi-rs-MeasurementBW SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Allowed size of the measurement BW in PRBs
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-measurementBW-size' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
nrofPRBs ENUMERATED { size24, size48, size96, size192, size264},
|
||
-- Starting PRB index of the measurement bandwidth
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-measurement-BW-start' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- FFS_Value: Upper edge of value range unclear in RAN1
|
||
startPRB INTEGER(0..2169)
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- Frequency domain density for the 1-port CSI-RS for L3 mobility
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Density' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
density ENUMERATED {d1,d3} OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- List of resources
|
||
csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM)) OF CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
csi-RS-Index CSI-RS-Index,
|
||
-- Contains periodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent CSI-RS (see 38.211, section x.x.x.x)FFS_Ref
|
||
slotConfig CHOICE {
|
||
ms4 INTEGER (0..31),
|
||
ms5 INTEGER (0..39),
|
||
ms10 INTEGER (0..79),
|
||
ms20 INTEGER (0..159),
|
||
ms40 INTEGER (0..319)
|
||
},
|
||
-- Each CSI-RS resource may be associated with one SSB. If such SSB is indicated, the NW also indicates whether the UE may assume
|
||
-- quasi-colocation of this SSB with this CSI-RS reosurce.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Associated-SSB' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
|
||
associatedSSB SEQUENCE {
|
||
ssb-Index SSB-Index,
|
||
-- The CSI-RS resource is either QCL’ed not QCL’ed with the associated SSB in spatial parameters
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'QCLed-SSB' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
isQuasiColocated BOOLEAN
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond AssociatedSSB
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Frequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3 including table 7.4.1.5.2-1.
|
||
-- The number of bits that may be set to one depend on the chosen row in that table. For the choice "other", the row can be determined from
|
||
-- the parmeters below and from the number of bits set to 1 in frequencyDomainAllocation.
|
||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {
|
||
row1 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
|
||
row2 BIT STRING (SIZE (12))
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS.
|
||
-- Parameter l0 in 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3. Value 2 is supported only when DL-DMRS-typeA-pos equals 3.
|
||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain INTEGER (0..13),
|
||
-- Scrambling ID for CSI-RS(see 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.2)
|
||
sequenceGenerationConfig INTEGER (0..1023),
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CSI-RS-Index ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM-1)
|
||
|
||
Q-OffsetRangeList ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rsrpOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
|
||
rsrqOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
|
||
sinrOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
|
||
rsrpOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
|
||
rsrqOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
|
||
sinrOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SSB-ToMeasure ::= CHOICE {
|
||
-- bitmap for sub 3 GHz
|
||
shortBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
|
||
-- bitmap for 3-6 GHz
|
||
mediumBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
|
||
-- bitmap for above 6 GHz
|
||
longBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (64))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
ThresholdNR ::= SEQUENCE{
|
||
thresholdRSRP RSRP-Range OPTIONAL,
|
||
thresholdRSRQ RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL,
|
||
thresholdSINR SINR-Range OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod
|
||
|
||
CellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
physCellId PhysCellId,
|
||
cellIndividualOffset Q-OffsetRangeList
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BlackCellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF BlackCellsToAddMod
|
||
|
||
BlackCellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pci-RangeIndex PCI-RangeIndex,
|
||
pci-Range PCI-Range
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
WhiteCellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF WhiteCellsToAddMod
|
||
|
||
WhiteCellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pci-RangeIndex PCI-RangeIndex,
|
||
pci-Range PCI-Range
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-NR-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-START
|
||
|
||
MeasObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod
|
||
|
||
MeasObjectToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
measObjectId MeasObjectId,
|
||
measObject CHOICE {
|
||
measObjectNR MeasObjectNR,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-RESULTS-START
|
||
|
||
MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
measId MeasId,
|
||
measResultServingFreqList MeasResultServFreqList,
|
||
measResultNeighCells CHOICE {
|
||
measResultListNR MeasResultListNR,
|
||
...
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasResultServFreqList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServFreq
|
||
|
||
MeasResultServFreq ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
servFreqId ServCellIndex,
|
||
measResultServingCell MeasResultNR,
|
||
measResultBestNeighCell MeasResultNR,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasResultListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR
|
||
|
||
MeasResultNR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
physCellId PhysCellId OPTIONAL,
|
||
--FFS: Details of cgi info
|
||
cgi-Info ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue} OPTIONAL,
|
||
measResult SEQUENCE {
|
||
cellResults SEQUENCE{
|
||
resultsSSB-Cell MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL,
|
||
resultsCSI-RS-Cell MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL
|
||
},
|
||
rsIndexResults SEQUENCE{
|
||
resultsSSB-Indexes ResultsPerSSB-IndexList OPTIONAL,
|
||
resultsCSI-RS-Indexes ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList OPTIONAL
|
||
} OPTIONAL
|
||
},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
MeasQuantityResults ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rsrp RSRP-Range OPTIONAL,
|
||
rsrq RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL,
|
||
sinr SINR-Range OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ResultsPerSSB-IndexList::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSSBs)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index
|
||
|
||
ResultsPerSSB-Index ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ssb-Index SSB-Index,
|
||
ssb-Results MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index
|
||
|
||
ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
csi-RS-Index CSI-RS-Index,
|
||
csi-RS-Results MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-RESULTS-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-RESULT-SCG-FAILURE-START
|
||
|
||
MeasResultSCG-Failure ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
measResultServFreqList MeasResultServFreqList2NR,
|
||
measResultNeighCells MeasResultList2NR,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasResultServFreqList2NR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServFreq2NR
|
||
|
||
MeasResultServFreq2NR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ssbFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
refFreqCSI-RS ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
measResultServingCell MeasResultNR,
|
||
measResultBestNeighCell MeasResultNR OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasResultList2NR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR
|
||
|
||
MeasResult2NR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ssbFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
refFreqCSI-RS ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
measResultListNR MeasResultListNR
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEAS-RESULT-SCG-FAILURE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MEASRESULT-CELL-LIST-SFTD-START
|
||
|
||
MeasResultCellListSFTD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultCellSFTD
|
||
|
||
MeasResultCellSFTD ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
physCellId PhysCellId,
|
||
sfn-OffsetResult INTEGER (0..1023),
|
||
frameBoundaryOffsetResult INTEGER (-30720..30719),
|
||
rsrp-Result RSRP-Range OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MEASRESULT-CELL-LIST-SFTD-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MULTIFREQUENCYBANDLISTNR-START
|
||
|
||
MultiFrequencyBandListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicatorNR
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MULTIFREQUENCYBANDLISTNR-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-START
|
||
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
nzp-CSI-ResourceSetId NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId,
|
||
|
||
-- NZP-CSI-RS-Resources assocaited with this NZP-CSI-RS resource set.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-ResourceConfigList' (see 38.214, section 5.2)
|
||
-- For CSI, there are at most 8 NZP CSI RS resources per resource set
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates whether repetition is on/off. If set to set to 'OFF', the UE may not assume that the
|
||
-- NZP-CSI-RS resources within the resource set are transmitted with the same downlink spatial domain transmission filter
|
||
-- and with same NrofPorts in every symbol.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-ResourceRep' (see 38.214, sections 5.2.2.3.1 and 5.1.6.1.2)
|
||
-- Can only be configured for CSI-RS resource sets which are associated with CSI-ReportConfig with report of L1 RSRP or “no report”
|
||
repetition ENUMERATED { on, off } OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- Offset X between the slot containing the DCI that triggers a set of aperiodic NZP CSI-RS resources and the slot in which the
|
||
-- CSI-RS resource set is transmitted. When the field is absent the UE applies the value 0.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Aperiodic-NZP-CSI-RS-TriggeringOffset' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
aperiodicTriggeringOffset INTEGER(0..4) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates that the antenna port for all NZP-CSI-RS resources in the CSI-RS resource set is same.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TRS-Info' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
|
||
trs-Info ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESETID-START
|
||
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESETID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCE-START
|
||
NZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
|
||
-- OFDM symbol location(s) in a slot and subcarrier occupancy in a PRB of the CSI-RS resource
|
||
resourceMapping CSI-RS-ResourceMapping,
|
||
-- Power offset of NZP CSI-RS RE to PDSCH RE. Value in dB. Corresponds to L1 parameter Pc (see 38.214, sections 5.2.2.3.1 and 4.1)
|
||
powerControlOffset INTEGER(-8..15),
|
||
-- Power offset of NZP CSI-RS RE to SS RE. Value in dB. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Pc_SS' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
|
||
powerControlOffsetSS ENUMERATED{db-3, db0, db3, db6} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- Scrambling ID (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
|
||
scramblingID ScramblingId,
|
||
|
||
-- Periodicity and slot offset sl1 corresponds to a periodicity of 1 slot, sl2 to a periodicity of two slots, and so on.
|
||
-- The corresponding offset is also given in number of slots. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-timeConfig' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
|
||
periodicityAndOffset CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset OPTIONAL, --Cond PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
|
||
|
||
-- For a target periodic CSI-RS, contains a reference to one TCI-State in TCI-States for providing the QCL source and
|
||
-- QCL type. For periodic CSI-RS, the source can be SSB or another periodic-CSI-RS.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'QCL-Info-PeriodicCSI-RS' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
|
||
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, --Cond Periodic
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCEID-START
|
||
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCEID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-P-MAX-START
|
||
|
||
P-Max ::= INTEGER (-30..33)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-P-MAX-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PCI-LIST-START
|
||
|
||
PCI-List ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCellMeas)) OF PhysCellId
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PCI-LIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-START
|
||
|
||
PCI-Range ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
start PhysCellId,
|
||
range ENUMERATED {
|
||
n4, n8, n12, n16, n24, n32, n48, n64, n84,
|
||
n96, n128, n168, n252, n504, n1008,
|
||
spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need Nss
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-INDEX-START
|
||
|
||
PCI-RangeIndex ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-INDEX-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-INDEX-LIST-START
|
||
|
||
PCI-RangeIndexList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF PCI-RangeIndex
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PCI-Range-INDEX-LIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PDCCH-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PDCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- List of UE specifically configured Control Resource Sets (CORESETs) to be used by the UE.
|
||
-- The network configures at most 3 CORESETs per BWP per cell (including the initial CORESET).
|
||
controlResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..3)) OF ControlResourceSet OPTIONAL,
|
||
controlResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..3)) OF ControlResourceSetId OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- List of UE specifically configured Control Resource Sets (CORESETs).
|
||
-- The network configures at most 10 Search Spaces per BWP per cell (including the initial Search Space).
|
||
searchSpacesToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..10)) OF SearchSpace OPTIONAL,
|
||
searchSpacesToReleaseList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..10)) OF SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of downlink preemtption indications to be monitored in this cell.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Preemp-DL' (see 38.214, section 11.2)
|
||
-- FFS_RAN1: LS R1-1801281 indicates this is "Per Cell (but association with each configured BWP is needed)" => Unclear, keep on BWP for now.
|
||
downlinkPreemption SetupRelease { DownlinkPreemption } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of Slot-Format-Indicators to be monitored in this cell
|
||
|
||
-- FFS_RAN1 discusses still whether this SFI payload configuration is BWP- or Cell-Specific.
|
||
slotFormatIndicator SetupRelease { SlotFormatIndicator } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Enable and configure reception of group TPC commands for PUSCH
|
||
tpc-PUSCH SetupRelease { PUSCH-TPC-CommandConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Enable and configure reception of group TPC commands fpr PUCCH
|
||
tpc-PUCCH SetupRelease { PUCCH-TPC-CommandConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUCCH-CellOnly
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PDCCH-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PDCCH-CONFIGCOMMON-START
|
||
|
||
PDCCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- A list of common control resource sets. Only CORESETs with ControlResourceSetId = 0 or 1 are allowed. The CORESET#0
|
||
-- corresponds to the CORESET configured in MIB (see pdcch-ConfigSIB1) and is used to provide that information to the UE
|
||
-- by dedicated signalling during handover and (P)SCell addition. The CORESET#1 may be configured an used for RAR
|
||
-- (see ra-ControlResourceSet).
|
||
commonControlResourcesSets SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF ControlResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- A list of additional common search spaces.
|
||
commonSearchSpaces SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SearchSpace OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- ID of the search space for SIB1 message.
|
||
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rmsi-SearchSpace' (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
searchSpaceSIB1 SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- ID of the Search space for other system information, i.e., SIB2 and beyond.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'osi-SearchSpace' (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the monitoring occasions are derived as described in 38.213, section 10.1 and section 13.
|
||
searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- ID of the Search space for paging. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'paging-SearchSpace' (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the monitoring occasions are derived as described in 38.213, section 10.1 and section 13.
|
||
pagingSearchSpace SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- CORESET configured for random access. When the field is absent the UE uses the CORESET according to pdcch-ConfigSIB1
|
||
-- which is associated with ControlResourceSetId = 0.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rach-coreset-configuration' (see 38.211?, section FFS_Section)
|
||
ra-ControlResourceSet ControlResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- ID of the Search space for random access procedure. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ra-SearchSpace' (see 38.214?, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the monitoring occasions are derived as described in 38.213, section 10.1 and section 13.
|
||
ra-SearchSpace SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PDCCH-CONFIGCOMMON-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PDCP-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PDCP-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
drb SEQUENCE {
|
||
discardTimer ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms75, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms250, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1500, infinity} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
pdcp-SN-SizeUL ENUMERATED {len12bits, len18bits} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup2
|
||
pdcp-SN-SizeDL ENUMERATED {len12bits, len18bits} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup2
|
||
headerCompression CHOICE {
|
||
notUsed NULL,
|
||
rohc SEQUENCE {
|
||
maxCID INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
|
||
profiles SEQUENCE {
|
||
profile0x0001 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0002 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0003 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0004 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0006 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0101 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0102 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0103 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0104 BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
drb-ContinueROHC BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
uplinkOnlyROHC SEQUENCE {
|
||
maxCID INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
|
||
profiles SEQUENCE {
|
||
profile0x0006 BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
drb-ContinueROHC BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
...
|
||
},
|
||
integrityProtection ENUMERATED { enabled } OPTIONAL, -- Cond ConnectedTo5GC
|
||
statusReportRequired ENUMERATED { true } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Rlc-AM
|
||
outOfOrderDelivery BOOLEAN
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRB
|
||
-- FFS / TODO: Handle more than two secondary cell groups
|
||
moreThanOneRLC SEQUENCE {
|
||
primaryPath SEQUENCE {
|
||
cellGroup CellGroupId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
logicalChannel LogicalChannelIdentity OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
},
|
||
ul-DataSplitThreshold UL-DataSplitThreshold OPTIONAL, -- Cond SplitBearer
|
||
pdcp-Duplication ENUMERATED { true } OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond MoreThanOneRLC
|
||
|
||
t-Reordering ENUMERATED {
|
||
ms0, ms1, ms2, ms4, ms5, ms8, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms120, ms140, ms160, ms180, ms200, ms220,
|
||
ms240, ms260, ms280, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1000, ms1250, ms1500, ms1750, ms2000, ms2250, ms2500, ms2750,
|
||
ms3000, spare28, spare27, spare26, spare25, spare24, spare23, spare22, spare21, spare20,
|
||
spare19, spare18, spare17, spare16, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare09,
|
||
spare08, spare07, spare06, spare05, spare04, spare03, spare02, spare01 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UL-DataSplitThreshold ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400, b12800, b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800,
|
||
b409600, b819200, b1228800, b1638400, b2457600, b3276800, b4096000, b4915200, b5734400,
|
||
b6553600, infinity, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PDCP-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PDSCH-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Identifer used to initalite data scrambling (c_init) for both PDSCH.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Data-scrambling-Identity' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- FFS:_Replace by tye ScramblingId used in other places?
|
||
dataScramblingIdentityPDSCH INTEGER (0..1007) OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- DMRS configuration for PDSCH transmissions using PDSCH mapping type A (chosen dynamically via PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation).
|
||
dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA SetupRelease { DMRS-DownlinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- DMRS configuration for PDSCH transmissions using PDSCH mapping type B (chosen dynamically via PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation).
|
||
dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB SetupRelease { DMRS-DownlinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- A list of Transmission Configuration Indicator (TCI) states for dynamically indicating (over DCI) a transmission configuration
|
||
-- which includes QCL-relationships between the DL RSs in one RS set and the PDSCH DMRS ports
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
|
||
tci-StatesToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-State OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
tci-StatesToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Interleaving unit configurable between 2 and 4 PRBs
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'VRB-to-PRB-interleaver' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.6)
|
||
vrb-ToPRB-Interleaver ENUMERATED {n2, n4},
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1 for non-fallback DCI
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resouce-allocation-config' (see 38.214, section 5.1.2)
|
||
resourceAllocation ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0,
|
||
resourceAllocationType1,
|
||
dynamicSwitch},
|
||
|
||
-- List of time-domain configurations for timing of DL assignment to DL data. If configured, the values provided herein
|
||
-- override the values received in corresponding PDSCH-ConfigCommon.
|
||
pdsch-AllocationList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Number of repetitions for data. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'aggregation-factor-DL' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1
|
||
pdsch-AggregationFactor ENUMERATED { n2, n4, n8 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Resources patterns which the UE should rate match PDSCH around. The UE rate matches around the union of all resources
|
||
-- indicated in the nexted bitmaps. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resource-set-BWP' (see 38.214, section 5.1.2.2.3)
|
||
-- FFS: RAN1 indicates that there should be a set of patterns per cell and one per BWP => Having both seems unnecessary.
|
||
|
||
rateMatchPatternToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPattern OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
rateMatchPatternToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPatternId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- The IDs of a first group of RateMatchPatterns defined in the rateMatchPatternToAddModList.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resource-set-group-1'. (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
rateMatchPatternGroup1 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPatternId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- The IDs of a second group of RateMatchPatterns defined in the rateMatchPatternToAddModList
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resource-set-group-2'. (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
rateMatchPatternGroup2 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPatternId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Selection between config 1 and config 2 for RBG size for PDSCH. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'RBG-size-PDSCH' (see 38.214, section 5.1.2.2.1)
|
||
rbg-Size ENUMERATED {config1, config2},
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates which MCS table the UE shall use for PDSCH. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MCS-Table-PDSCH' (see 38.214, section 5.1.3.1).
|
||
mcs-Table ENUMERATED {qam64, qam256},
|
||
|
||
-- Maximum number of code words that a single DCI may schedule. This changes the number of MCS/RV/NDI bits in the DCI message from 1 to 2.
|
||
maxNrofCodeWordsScheduledByDCI ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates the PRB bundle type and bundle size(s). If "dynamic" is chosen, the actual BundleSizeSet to use is indicated via DCI.
|
||
-- If a bundleSize(Set) value is absent, the UE applies the value n2. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PRB_bundling'
|
||
-- (see 38.214, section 5.1.2.3)
|
||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE {
|
||
static SEQUENCE {
|
||
bundleSize ENUMERATED { n4, wideband } OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
},
|
||
dynamic SEQUENCE {
|
||
bundleSizeSet1 ENUMERATED { n4, wideband, n2-wideband, n4-wideband } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
bundleSizeSet2 ENUMERATED { n4, wideband } OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- A list of Zero-Power (ZP) CSI-RS resources used for PDSCH rate-matching.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceConfigList' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
zp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
zp-CSI-RS-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- A list of sets. Each set contains a set-ID and the IDs of one or more ZP-CSI-RS-Resources (the actual resources are defined in the
|
||
-- zp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList). The network triggers a set by indicating its set-ID (ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId) in the DCI payload.
|
||
-- The resources referenced in these sets are confgiured with resourceType 'aperiodic'.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter ' ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetConfigList' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
aperiodic-ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
aperiodic-ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- A list of sets. Each set contains a set-ID and the IDs of one or more ZP-CSI-RS-Resources (the actual resources are defined in the
|
||
-- zp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList). The network triggers a set by indicating its set-ID (ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId) in the MAC CE.
|
||
-- The resources referenced in these sets are confgiured with resourceType 'semi-persistent'.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SP-ZP-CSI-RS-Resource-List' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4_Section)
|
||
sp-ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
sp-ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PDSCH-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PDSCH-CONFIGCOMMON-START
|
||
|
||
PDSCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- List of time-domain configurations for timing of DL assignment to DL data
|
||
pdsch-AllocationList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PDSCH-CONFIGCOMMON-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PDSCH-SERVINGCELLCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Enables and configures code-block-group (CBG) based transmission (see 38.213, section 9.1.1)
|
||
codeBlockGroupTransmission SetupRelease { PDSCH-CodeBlockGroupTransmission } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Accounts for overhead from CSI-RS, CORESET, etc. If the field is absent, the UE applies value xOh0.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Xoh-PDSCH' (see 38.214, section 5.1.3.2)
|
||
xOverhead ENUMERATED { xOh6, xOh12, xOh18 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- The number of HARQ processes to be used on the PDSCH of a serving cell. n2 corresponds to 2 HARQ processes, n4 to 4 HARQ processes
|
||
-- and so on. If the field is absent, the UE uses 8 HARQ processes.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-HARQ-process-PDSCH' (see 38.214, section REF)
|
||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, n10, n12, n16} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- The ID of the serving cell (of the same cell group) to use for PUCCH.
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE sends the HARQ feedback on the PUCCH of the SpCell of this cell group.
|
||
pucch-Cell ServCellIndex OPTIONAL , -- Cond SCellAddOnly
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PDSCH-CodeBlockGroupTransmission ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Maximum number of code-block-groups (CBGs) per TB. In case of multiple CW the maximum CBG is 4 (see 38.213, section 9.1.1)
|
||
maxCodeBlockGroupsPerTransportBlock ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, n8},
|
||
-- Indicates whether CBGFI for CBG based (re)transmission in DL is enabled (true). (see 38.212, section 7.3.1.2.2)
|
||
codeBlockGroupFlushIndicator BOOLEAN,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PDSCH-SERVINGCELLCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PDSCH-TIMEDOMAINRESOURCEALLOCATION-START
|
||
|
||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'K0' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 0
|
||
k0 INTEGER (1..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- PDSCH mapping type. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Mapping-type' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
mappingType ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB},
|
||
-- An index into a table/equation in RAN1 specs capturing valid combinations of start symbol and length (jointly encoded)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Index-start-len' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
startSymbolAndLength BIT STRING (SIZE (7))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PDSCH-TIMEDOMAINRESOURCEALLOCATION-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PHYS-CELL-ID-START
|
||
|
||
PhysCellId ::= INTEGER (0..1007)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PHYS-CELL-ID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PRB-ID-START
|
||
|
||
PRB-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PRB-ID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PTRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PTRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Presence and frequency density of DL PT-RS as a function of Scheduled BW
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE uses K_PT-RS = 2.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-frequency-density-table' (see 38.214, section 5.1)
|
||
frequencyDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (2)) OF INTEGER (1..276) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Presence and time density of DL PT-RS as a function of MCS. The value 29 is only applicable for MCS Table 5.1.3.1-1 (38.214)
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE uses L_PT-RS = 1.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-time-density-table' (see 38.214, section 5.1)
|
||
timeDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF INTEGER (0..29) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- EPRE ratio between PTRS and PDSCH. Value 0 correspond to the codepoint ”00” in table 4.1-2. Value 1 corresponds to codepoint ”01”
|
||
-- If the field is not provided, the UE applies value 0. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-EPRE-ratio' (see 38.214, section 4.1)
|
||
epre-RatioPort1 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- EPRE ratio between PTRS and PDSCH. Value 0 correspond to the codepoint ”00” in table 4.1-2. Value 1 corresponds to codepoint ”01”.
|
||
-- If the field is not provided, the UE applies value 0. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-EPRE-ratio' (see 38.214, section 4.1)
|
||
epre-RatioPort2 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Cond TwoPorts
|
||
-- Indicates the subcarrier offset for DL PTRS. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value offset00.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-RE-offset' (see 38.214, section 5.1.6.3)
|
||
resourceElementOffset ENUMERATED { offset01, offset10, offset11 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PTRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PTRS-UPLINKCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PTRS-UplinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
modeSpecificParameters CHOICE {
|
||
-- Configuration of UL PTRS for CP-OFDM
|
||
cp-OFDM SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Presence and frequency density of UL PT-RS for CP-OFDM waveform as a function of scheduled BW
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE uses K_PT-RS = 2.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-frequency-density-table' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
|
||
frequencyDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (2)) OF INTEGER (1..276) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Presence and time density of UL PT-RS for CP-OFDM waveform as a function of MCS
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE uses L_PT-RS = 1.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-time-density-table' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
|
||
timeDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF INTEGER (0..29) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- The maximum number of UL PTRS ports for CP-OFDM.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-ports' (see 38.214, section 6.2.3.1)
|
||
maxNrofPorts ENUMERATED {n1, n2},
|
||
-- Indicates the subcarrier offset for UL PTRS for CP-OFDM.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-RE-offset' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
|
||
resourceElementOffset ENUMERATED {offset01, offset10, offset11 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- UL PTRS power boosting factor per PTRS port. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-power' (see 38.214, section 6.1, table 6.2.3-5)
|
||
ptrs-Power ENUMERATED {p00, p01, p10, p11}
|
||
},
|
||
-- Configuration of UL PTRS for DFT-S-OFDM.
|
||
dft-S-OFDM SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Sample density of PT-RS for DFT-s-OFDM, pre-DFT, indicating a set of thresholds T={NRBn,n=0,1,2,3,4},
|
||
-- that indicates dependency between presence of PT-RS and scheduled BW and the values of X and K the UE should
|
||
-- use depending on the scheduled BW according to the table in 38.214 FFS_Section.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-pre-DFT-density' (see 38.214, section 6.1, 6.2.3-3)
|
||
sampleDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (5)) OF INTEGER (1..276),
|
||
-- Time density (OFDM symbol level) of PT-RS for DFT-s-OFDM. If the value is absent, the UE applies value d1.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-time-density-transform-precoding' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
|
||
timeDensity ENUMERATED {d2} OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
}
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PTRS-UPLINKCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUCCH-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Lists for adding and releasing PUCCH resource sets (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
resourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets)) OF PUCCH-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
resourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets)) OF PUCCH-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Lists for adding and releasing PUCCH resources applicable for the UL BWP and serving cell in which the PUCCH-Config
|
||
-- is defined. The resources defined herein are referred to from other parts of the configuration to determine which
|
||
-- resource the UE shall use for which report.
|
||
resourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-Resources)) OF PUCCH-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
resourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-Resources)) OF PUCCH-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Parameters that are common for all PUCCH resources of format 1
|
||
format1 SetupRelease { PUCCH-FormatConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Parameters that are common for all PUCCH resources of format 2
|
||
format2 SetupRelease { PUCCH-FormatConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Parameters that are common for all PUCCH resources of format 3
|
||
format3 SetupRelease { PUCCH-FormatConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Parameters that are common for all PUCCH resources of format 4
|
||
format4 SetupRelease { PUCCH-FormatConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
schedulingRequestResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSR-Resources)) OF SchedulingRequestResourceConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
schedulingRequestResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSR-Resources)) OF SchedulingRequestResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF PUCCH-ResourceId OPTIONAL,-- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- List of timiing for given PDSCH to the DL ACK. In this version of the specification only the values [0..8] are applicable.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Slot-timing-value-K1' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
dl-DataToUL-ACK SEQUENCE (SIZE (8)) OF INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of the spatial relation between a reference RS and PUCCH. Reference RS can be SSB/CSI-RS/SRS.
|
||
-- If the list has more than one element, MAC-CE selects a single element (see 38.321, section FFS_Section).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
spatialRelationInfoToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSpatialRelationInfos)) OF PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
spatialRelationInfoToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSpatialRelationInfos)) OF PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfoId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
pucch-PowerControl PUCCH-PowerControl OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-FormatConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Enabling inter-slot frequency hopping when PUCCH Format 1, 3 or 4 is repetead over multiple slots.
|
||
-- The field is not applicable for format 2.
|
||
interslotFrequencyHopping ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Enabling 2 DMRS symbols per hop of a PUCCH Format 3 or 4 if both hops are more than X symbols when FH is enabled (X=4).
|
||
-- Enabling 4 DMRS sybmols for a PUCCH Format 3 or 4 with more than 2X+1 symbols when FH is disabled (X=4).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-F3-F4-additional-DMRS' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
|
||
-- The field is not applicable for format 1 and 2.
|
||
additionalDMRS ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Max coding rate to determine how to feedback UCI on PUCCH for format 2, 3 or 4
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-F2-maximum-coderate', 'PUCCH-F3-maximum-coderate' and 'PUCCH-F4-maximum-coderate'
|
||
-- (see 38.213, section 9.2.5)
|
||
-- The field is not applicable for format 1.
|
||
maxCodeRate PUCCH-MaxCodeRate OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Number of slots with the same PUCCH F1, F3 or F4. When the field is absent the UE applies the value n1.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-F1-number-of-slots', 'PUCCH-F3-number-of-slots' and 'PUCCH-F4-number-of-slots'
|
||
-- (see 38.213, section 9.2.6)
|
||
-- The field is not applicable for format 2.
|
||
nrofSlots ENUMERATED {n2,n4,n8} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Enabling pi/2 BPSK for UCI symbols instead of QPSK for PUCCH.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-PF3-PF4-pi/2PBSK' (see 38.213, section 9.2.5)
|
||
-- The field is not applicable for format 1 and 2.
|
||
pi2PBSK ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Enabling simultaneous transmission of CSI and HARQ-ACK feedback with or without SR with PUCCH Format 2, 3 or 4
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-F2-Simultaneous-HARQ-ACK-CSI', 'PUCCH-F3-Simultaneous-HARQ-ACK-CSI' and
|
||
-- 'PUCCH-F4-Simultaneous-HARQ-ACK-CSI' (see 38.213, section 9.2.5)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value OFF
|
||
-- The field is not applicable for format 1.
|
||
simultaneousHARQ-ACK-CSI ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-MaxCodeRate ::= ENUMERATED {zeroDot08, zeroDot15, zeroDot25, zeroDot35, zeroDot45, zeroDot60, zeroDot80}
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pucch-SpatialRelationInfoId PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfoId,
|
||
referenceSignal CHOICE {
|
||
ssb-Index SSB-Index,
|
||
csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
srs SRS-ResourceId
|
||
},
|
||
pucch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,
|
||
p0-PUCCH-Id P0-PUCCH-Id,
|
||
closedLoopIndex ENUMERATED { i0, i1 }
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfoId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofSpatialRelationInfos)
|
||
|
||
-- A set with one or more PUCCH resources
|
||
PUCCH-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pucch-ResourceSetId PUCCH-ResourceSetId,
|
||
|
||
-- PUCCH resources of format0 and format1 are only allowed in the first PUCCH reosurce set,
|
||
-- i.e., in a PUCCH-ResourceSet with pucch-ResourceSetId = 0. This set may contain between 8 and 32 resources.
|
||
-- PUCCH resources of format2, format3 and format4 are only allowed in a PUCCH-ReosurceSet with pucch-ResourceSetId > 0. If present, these sets must contain 8 resources each.
|
||
-- The UE chooses a PUCCH-Resource from this list based on the 3-bit PUCCH resource indicator field in DCI as
|
||
-- speciied in 38.213, FFS_section.
|
||
-- Note that this list contains only a list of resource IDs. The actual resources are configured in PUCCH-Config.
|
||
resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (8..maxNrofPUCCH-ResourcesPerSet)) OF PUCCH-ResourceId,
|
||
|
||
-- Maximum number of payload bits minus 1 that the UE may transmit using this PUCCH resource set. In a PUCCH occurrence, the UE
|
||
-- chooses the first of its PUCCH-ResourceSet which supports the number of bits that the UE wants to transmit.
|
||
-- The field is not present in the first set (Set0) since the maximum Size of Set0 is specified to be 3 bit.
|
||
-- The field is not present in the last configured set since the UE derives its maximum payload size as specified in 38.213.
|
||
-- This field can take integer values that are multiples of 4. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'N_2' or 'N_3' (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
maxPayloadMinus1 INTEGER (4..256) OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets-1)
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pucch-ResourceId PUCCH-ResourceId,
|
||
|
||
startingPRB PRB-Id,
|
||
-- Corresponds to the L1 parameter 'PUCCH-frequency-hopping' (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
intraSlotFrequencyHopping ENUMERATED { enabled } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Index of starting PRB for second hop of PUCCH in case of FH. This value is appliable for intra-slot frequency hopping.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-2nd-hop-PRB' (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
secondHopPRB PRB-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Selection of the PUCCH format and format-specific parameters
|
||
format CHOICE {
|
||
format0 PUCCH-format0, -- Cond InFirstSetOnly
|
||
format1 PUCCH-format1, -- Cond InFirstSetOnly
|
||
format2 PUCCH-format2, -- Cond NotInFirstSet
|
||
format3 PUCCH-format3, -- Cond NotInFirstSet
|
||
format4 PUCCH-format4 -- Cond NotInFirstSet
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUCCH-Resources-1)
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- A PUCCH Format 0 resource configuration (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format0' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
|
||
PUCCH-format0 ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
initialCyclicShift INTEGER(0..11),
|
||
nrofSymbols INTEGER (1..2),
|
||
startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..13)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- A PUCCH Format 1 resource configuration (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format1' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
|
||
PUCCH-format1 ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
initialCyclicShift INTEGER(0..11),
|
||
nrofSymbols INTEGER (4..14),
|
||
startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..10),
|
||
timeDomainOCC INTEGER(0..6)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- A PUCCH Format 2 resource configuration (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format2onfig' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
|
||
PUCCH-format2 ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
nrofPRBs INTEGER (1..16),
|
||
nrofSymbols INTEGER (1..2),
|
||
startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..13)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- A PUCCH Format 3 resource configuration(see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format3' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
|
||
PUCCH-format3 ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The supported values are 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,12,15 and 16
|
||
nrofPRBs INTEGER (1..16),
|
||
nrofSymbols INTEGER (4..14),
|
||
startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..10)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- A PUCCH Format 4 resource configuration (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format4' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
|
||
PUCCH-format4 ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
nrofSymbols INTEGER (4..14),
|
||
occ-Length ENUMERATED {n2,n4},
|
||
occ-Index ENUMERATED {n0,n1,n2,n3},
|
||
startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..10)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUCCH-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUCCH-CONFIGCOMMON-START
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- An entry into a 16-row table where each row configures a set of cell-specific PUCCH resources/parameters. The UE uses
|
||
-- those PUCCH resources during initial access on the initial uplink BWP. Once the network provides a dedicated PUCCH-Config
|
||
-- for that bandwidth part the UE applies that one instead of the one provided in this field.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-resource-common' (see 38.213, section 9.2)
|
||
pucch-ResourceCommon BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of group- and sequence hopping for all the PUCCH formats 0, 1, 3 and 4. "neither" implies neither group
|
||
-- or sequence hopping is enabled. "enable" enables group hopping and disables sequence hopping. "disable"” disables group
|
||
-- hopping and enables sequence hopping. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-GroupHopping' (see 38.211, section 6.4.1.3)
|
||
pucch-GroupHopping ENUMERATED { neither, enable, disable },
|
||
-- Cell-Specific scrambling ID for group hoppping and sequence hopping if enabled.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'HoppingID' (see 38.211, section 6.3.2.2)
|
||
hoppingId BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Power control parameter P0 for PUCCH transmissions. Value in dBm. Only even values (step size 2) allowed.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-nominal-pucch' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
p0-nominal INTEGER (-202..24) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUCCH-CONFIGCOMMON-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUCCH-POWERCONTROL-START
|
||
PUCCH-PowerControl ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- deltaF for PUCCH format 0 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
deltaF-PUCCH-f0 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- deltaF for PUCCH format 1 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
deltaF-PUCCH-f1 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- deltaF for PUCCH format 2 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
deltaF-PUCCH-f2 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- deltaF for PUCCH format 3 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
deltaF-PUCCH-f3 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- deltaF for PUCCH format 4 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
deltaF-PUCCH-f4 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- A set with dedicated P0 values for PUCCH, i.e., {P01, P02,... }. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-pucch-set' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
p0-Set SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-P0-PerSet)) OF P0-PUCCH OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- A set of Reference Signals (e.g. a CSI-RS config or a SSblock) to be used for PUCCH pathloss estimation.
|
||
-- Up to maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReference-RSs may be configured
|
||
-- FFS_CHECK: Is it possible not to configure it at all? What does the UE use then? Any SSB?
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pucch-pathlossReference-rs-config' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
pathlossReferenceRSs SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReferenceRSs)) OF PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Number of PUCCH power control adjustment states maintained by the UE (i.e., g(i)). If the field is present (n2) the UE maintains
|
||
-- two power control states (i.e., g(i,0) and g(i,1)). Otherwise, it applies one (i.e., g(i,0)).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'num-pucch-pcadjustment-states' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
twoPUCCH-PC-AdjustmentStates ENUMERATED {twoStates} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- P0 value for PUCCH. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-pucch' (see 3,213, section 7.2)
|
||
P0-PUCCH ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
p0-PUCCH-Id P0-PUCCH-Id,
|
||
-- P0 value for PUCCH with 1dB step size.
|
||
p0-PUCCH-Value INTEGER (-16..15)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
P0-PUCCH-Id ::= INTEGER (1..8)
|
||
|
||
-- A reference signal (RS) configured as pathloss reference signal for PUCCH power control
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pucch-pathlossReference-rs' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pucch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,
|
||
referenceSignal CHOICE {
|
||
ssb-Index SSB-Index,
|
||
csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- ID for a referemce signal (RS) configured as PUCCH pathloss reference
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pucch-pathlossreference-index' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
|
||
-- FFS_CHECK: Is this ID used anywhere except inside the PUCCH-PathlossReference-RS itself? If not, remove.
|
||
PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUCCH-POWERCONTROL-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUCCH-TPC-COMMANDCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PUCCH-TPC-CommandConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- An index determining the position of the first bit of TPC command (applicable to the SpCell) inside the DCI format 2-2 payload.
|
||
tpc-IndexPCell INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUCCH-SCell
|
||
-- An index determining the position of the first bit of TPC command (applicable to the PUCCH-SCell) inside the DCI format 2-2 payload.
|
||
tpc-IndexPUCCH-SCell INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUCCH-SCellOnly
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUCCH-TPC-COMMANDCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PUSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Identifer used to initalite data scrambling (c_init) for both PUSCH.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Data-scrambling-Identity' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
dataScramblingIdentityPUSCH INTEGER (0..1007) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Whether UE uses codebook based or non-codebook based transmission. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ulTxConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.1.1)
|
||
txConfig ENUMERATED {codebook, nonCodebook},
|
||
|
||
-- DMRS configuration for PUSCH transmissions using PUSCH mapping type A (chosen dynamically via PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation).
|
||
dmrs-UplinkForPUSCH-MappingTypeA SetupRelease { DMRS-UplinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- DMRS configuration for PUSCH transmissions using PUSCH mapping type B (chosen dynamically via PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation)
|
||
dmrs-UplinkForPUSCH-MappingTypeB SetupRelease { DMRS-UplinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
pusch-PowerControl PUSCH-PowerControl OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Configured one of two supported frequency hopping mode. If not configured frequency hopping is not configured
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Frequency-hopping-PUSCH' (see 38.214, section 6)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value Not configured
|
||
frequencyHopping ENUMERATED {mode1, mode2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Set of frequency hopping offsets used when frequency hopping is enabled for granted transmission (not msg3) and type 2
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Frequency-hopping-offsets-set' (see 38.214, section 6.3)
|
||
frequencyHoppingOffsetLists SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (1.. maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1 for non-fallback DCI
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resouce-allocation-config' (see 38.214, section 6.1.2)
|
||
resourceAllocation ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0, resourceAllocationType1, dynamicSwitch},
|
||
|
||
-- List of time domain allocations for timing of UL assignment to UL data. If configured, the values provided herein
|
||
-- override the values received in corresponding PUSCH-ConfigCommon.
|
||
pusch-AllocationList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofUL-Allocations)) OF PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation OPTIONAL, -- Need R,
|
||
-- Number of repetitions for data. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'aggregation-factor-UL' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1.
|
||
pusch-AggregationFactor ENUMERATED { n2, n4, n8 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates which MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoder
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MCS-Table-PUSCH' (see 38.214, section 6.1.4)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 64QAM
|
||
mcs-Table ENUMERATED {qam256} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Indicates which MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MCS-Table-PUSCH-transform-precoding' (see 38.214, section 6.1.4)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 64QAM
|
||
mcs-TableTransformPrecoder ENUMERATED { qam256} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- The UE specific selection of transformer precoder for PUSCH. When the field is absent the UE applies the value msg3-tp.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUSCH-tp' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.4)
|
||
transformPrecoder ENUMERATED {enabled, disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Subset of PMIs addressed by TPMI, where PMIs are those supported by UEs with maximum coherence capabilities
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ULCodebookSubset' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.5)
|
||
codebookSubset ENUMERATED {fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent, partialAndNonCoherent, nonCoherent},
|
||
-- Subset of PMIs addressed by TRIs from 1 to ULmaxRank. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ULmaxRank' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.5)
|
||
maxRank INTEGER (1..4),
|
||
|
||
-- Selection between config 1 and config 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. When the field is absent the UE applies the value config1.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'RBG-size-PUSCH' (see 38.214, section 6.1.2.2.1)
|
||
rbg-Size ENUMERATED { config2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Selection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset.
|
||
-- If the field is absent or released, the UE applies the value 'semiStatic' and the BetaOffsets according to
|
||
-- FFS [BetaOffsets and/or section 9.x.x).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UCI-on-PUSCH' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
|
||
uci-OnPUSCH SetupRelease { UCI-OnPUSCH} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Interleaving unit configurable between 2 and 4 PRBs
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'VRB-to-PRB-interleaver' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.6)
|
||
vrb-ToPRB-Interleaver ENUMERATED {n2, n4},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UCI-OnPUSCH ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
betaOffsets CHOICE {
|
||
dynamic SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF BetaOffsets,
|
||
semiStatic BetaOffsets
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Indicates a scaling factor to limit the number of resource elements assigned to UCI on PUSCH.
|
||
-- Value f0p5 corresponds to 0.5, value f0p65 corresponds to 0.65, and so on.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'uci-on-pusch-scaling' (see 38.212, section 6.3)
|
||
scaling ENUMERATED { f0p5, f0p65, f0p8, f1 }
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-CONFIGCOMMON-START
|
||
|
||
PUSCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Sequence-group hopping can be enabled or disabled by means of this cell-specific parameter.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Group-hopping-enabled-Transform-precoding' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- This field is Cell specific
|
||
groupHoppingEnabledTransformPrecoding ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- List of time domain allocations for timing of UL assignment to UL data
|
||
pusch-AllocationList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofUL-Allocations)) OF PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- ------------------------
|
||
-- Power control parameters
|
||
|
||
-- Power offset between msg3 and RACH preamble transmission in steps of 1dB.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Delta-preamble-msg3' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
msg3-DeltaPreamble INTEGER (-1..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- P0 value for PUSCH with grant (except msg3). Value in dBm. Only even values (step size 2) allowed.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-nominal-pusch-withgrant' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
-- This field is cell specific
|
||
p0-NominalWithGrant INTEGER (-202..24) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-CONFIGCOMMON-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-POWERCONTROL-START
|
||
|
||
PUSCH-PowerControl ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- If enabled, UE applies TPC commands via accumulation. If not enabled, UE applies the TPC command without accumulation.
|
||
-- If absent, TPC accumulation is enabled. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Accumulation-enabled' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
tpc-Accumulation ENUMERATED { disabled } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Dedicated alpha value for msg3 PUSCH. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'alpha-ue-pusch-msg3' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1.
|
||
msg3-Alpha Alpha OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- P0 value for UL grant-free/SPS based PUSCH. Value in dBm. Only even values (step size 2) allowed.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-nominal-pusch-withoutgrant' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
p0-NominalWithoutGrant INTEGER (-202..24) OPTIONAL, -- Need M,
|
||
-- configuration {p0-pusch,alpha} sets for PUSCH (except msg3), i.e., { {p0,alpha,index1}, {p0,alpha,index2},...}.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-push-alpha-setconfig' (see 38,213, section 7.1)
|
||
p0-AlphaSets SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofP0-PUSCH-AlphaSets)) OF P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet OPTIONAL, -- Need M,
|
||
|
||
-- A set of Reference Signals (e.g. a CSI-RS config or a SSblock) to be used for PUSCH path loss estimation.
|
||
-- Up to maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs may be configured when 'PUSCH beam indication' is present (FFS: in DCI???).
|
||
-- Otherwise, there may be only one entry.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pusch-pathlossReference-rs-config' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
pathlossReferenceRSToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs)) OF PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS
|
||
OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
pathlossReferenceRSToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs)) OF PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id
|
||
OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Number of PUSCH power control adjustment states maintained by the UE (i.e., fc(i)). If the field is present (n2) the UE maintains
|
||
-- two power control states (i.e., fc(i,1) and fc(i,2)). Otherwise, it applies one (i.e., fc(i,1)).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'num-pusch-pcadjustment-states' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates ENUMERATED {twoStates} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates whether to apply dela MCS. When the field is absent, the UE applies Ks = 0 in delta_TFC formula for PUSCH.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'deltaMCS-Enabled' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
deltaMCS ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- A list of SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl elements among which one is selected by the SRI field in DCI.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRI-PUSCHPowerControl-mapping' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings)) OF SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
sri-PUSCH-MappingToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings)) OF SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId OPTIONAL -- Need M
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- A set of p0-pusch and alpha used for PUSCH with grant. 'PUSCH beam indication' (if present) gives the index of the set to
|
||
-- be used for a particular PUSCH transmission.
|
||
-- FFS_CHECK: Is the ”PUSCH beam indication” in DCI which schedules the PUSCH? If so, clarify in field description
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-pusch-alpha-set' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
p0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId,
|
||
-- P0 value for PUSCH with grant (except msg3) in steps of 1dB. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-pusch' (see 38,213, section 7.1)
|
||
p0 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- alpha value for PUSCH with grant (except msg3) (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1
|
||
alpha Alpha OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- ID for a P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0alphasetindex' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofP0-PUSCH-AlphaSets-1)
|
||
|
||
-- A reference signal (RS) configured as pathloss reference signal for PUSCH power control
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pusch-pathlossReference-rs' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,
|
||
referenceSignal CHOICE {
|
||
ssb-Index SSB-Index,
|
||
csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- ID for a referemce signal (RS) configured as PUSCH pathloss reference
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pathlossreference-index' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
|
||
-- FFS_CHECK: Is this ID used anywhere except inside the PUSCH-PathlossReference-RS itself?
|
||
PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1)
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- A set of PUSCH power control parameters associated with one SRS-ResourceIndex (SRI)
|
||
SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The ID of this SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl configuration. It is used as the codepoint (payload) in the SRI DCI field.
|
||
sri-PUSCH-PowerControlId SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId,
|
||
-- The ID of PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS as configured in the pathlossReferenceRSToAddModList in PUSCH-PowerControl.
|
||
sri-PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,
|
||
-- The ID of a P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet as configured in p0-AlphaSets in PUSCH-PowerControl.
|
||
sri-P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId,
|
||
-- The index of the closed power control loop associated with this SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl
|
||
sri-PUSCH-ClosedLoopIndex ENUMERATED { i0, i1 }
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings-1)
|
||
|
||
-- A set of beta-offset values
|
||
BetaOffsets ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-ACK-Index-1' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11
|
||
betaOffsetACK-Index1 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-ACK-Index-2' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11
|
||
betaOffsetACK-Index2 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-ACK-Index-3' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11
|
||
betaOffsetACK-Index3 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-CSI-part-1-Index-1' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13
|
||
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-CSI-part-1-Index-2' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13
|
||
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-CSI-part-2-Index-1' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13
|
||
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-CSI-part-2-Index-2' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13
|
||
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-POWERCONTROL-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-SERVINGCELLCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PUSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Enables and configures code-block-group (CBG) based transmission (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
codeBlockGroupTransmission SetupRelease { PUSCH-CodeBlockGroupGransmission } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Enables LBRM (Limited buffer rate-matching). When the field is absent the UE applies FBRM (Full buffer rate-matchingLBRM).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'LBRM-FBRM-selection' (see 38.212, section 5.4.2)
|
||
rateMatching ENUMERATED {limitedBufferRM} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Accounts for overhead from CSI-RS, CORESET, etc. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value 'xoh0'.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Xoh-PUSCH' (see 38.214, section 5.1.3.2)
|
||
xOverhead ENUMERATED {xoh6, xoh12, xoh18} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PUSCH-CodeBlockGroupGransmission ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Maximum number of code-block-groups (CBGs) per TB (see 38.xxx, section x.x.x, FFS_Ref)
|
||
-- For 2 codewords, only the values { n2, n4 } are valid.
|
||
maxCodeBlockGroupsPerTransportBlock ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, n8},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-SERVINGCELLCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-TIMEDOMAINRESOURCEALLOCATION-START
|
||
|
||
PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'K2' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 01 when PUSCH SCS is 15/30KHz; 2 when PUSCH SCS is 60KHz and 3 when PUSCH SCS is 120KHz.
|
||
k2 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Mapping type. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Mapping-type' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
mappingType ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB},
|
||
-- An index into a table/equation in RAN1 specs capturing valid combinations of start symbol and length (jointly encoded)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Index-start-len' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
startSymbolAndLength BIT STRING (SIZE (7))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-TIMEDOMAINRESOURCEALLOCATION-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-TPC-COMMANDCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
PUSCH-TPC-CommandConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- An index determining the position of the first bit of TPC command inside the DCI format 2-2 payload.
|
||
tpc-Index INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond SUL
|
||
-- An index determining the position of the first bit of TPC command inside the DCI format 2-2 payload.
|
||
tpc-IndexSUL INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond SUL-Only
|
||
-- The serving cell to which the acquired power control commands are applicable. If the value is absent, the UE applies the
|
||
-- TPC commands to the serving cell on which the command has been received.
|
||
targetCell ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-PUSCH-TPC-COMMANDCONFIG-STOP
|
||
|
||
Q-OffsetRange ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18, dB-16, dB-14,
|
||
dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4, dB-3,
|
||
dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
|
||
dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18,
|
||
dB20, dB22, dB24}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-QUANTITY-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
|
||
QuantityConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
quantityConfigNR-List QuantityConfigNR-List OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
QuantityConfigNR-List::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofQuantityConfig)) OF QuantityConfigNR
|
||
|
||
QuantityConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
quantityConfigCell QuantityConfigRS,
|
||
quantityConfigRS-Index QuantityConfigRS OPTIONAL -- Need M
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
QuantityConfigRS ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- SS Block based L3 filter configurations:
|
||
ssb-FilterConfig FilterConfig,
|
||
|
||
-- CSI-RS basedL3 filter configurations:
|
||
cs-RS-FilterConfig FilterConfig
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
FilterConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
filterCoefficientRSRP FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
|
||
filterCoefficientRSRQ FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
|
||
filterCoefficientRS-SINR FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-QUANTITY-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-COMMON-START
|
||
|
||
RACH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Generic RACH parameters
|
||
rach-ConfigGeneric RACH-ConfigGeneric,
|
||
|
||
-- Total number of preambles used for contention based and contention free random access, excluding
|
||
-- preambles used for other purposes (e.g. for SI request). If the field is absent, the UE may use all 64 preambles for RA.
|
||
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles INTEGER (1..63) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Number of SSBs per RACH occasion (L1 parameter 'SSB-per-rach-occasion') and the number of Contention Based preambles per SSB
|
||
-- (L1 parameter 'CB-preambles-per-SSB'). By multiplying the two values, the UE determines the total number of CB preambles.
|
||
ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB CHOICE {
|
||
oneEighth ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32,n36,n40,n44,n48,n52,n56,n60,n64},
|
||
oneFourth ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32,n36,n40,n44,n48,n52,n56,n60,n64},
|
||
oneHalf ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32,n36,n40,n44,n48,n52,n56,n60,n64},
|
||
one ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32,n36,n40,n44,n48,n52,n56,n60,n64},
|
||
two ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32},
|
||
four INTEGER (1..16),
|
||
eight INTEGER (1..8),
|
||
sixteen INTEGER (1..4)
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
groupBconfigured SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Transport Blocks size threshold in bit below which the UE shall use a contention based RA premable
|
||
-- of group A. (see 38.321, section 5.1.2)
|
||
ra-Msg3SizeGroupA ENUMERATED {b56, b144, b208, b256, b282, b480, b640, b800, b1000, spare7, spare6, spare5,
|
||
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
|
||
-- Threshold for preamble selection. Value in dB. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity.
|
||
-- Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB5 corresponds to 5 dB and so on. (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
messagePowerOffsetGroupB ENUMERATED { minusinfinity, dB0, dB5, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB15, dB18},
|
||
-- The number of CB preambles per SSB in group A. This determines implicitly the number of CB preambles per SSB available in group B.
|
||
-- (see 38.321, section 5.1.1)
|
||
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA INTEGER (1..64)
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- The initial value for the contention resolution timer (see 38.321, section 5.1.5)
|
||
ra-ContentionResolutionTimer ENUMERATED { sf8, sf16, sf24, sf32, sf40, sf48, sf56, sf64},
|
||
|
||
-- UE may select the SS block and corresponding PRACH resource for path-loss estimation and (re)transmission
|
||
-- based on SS blocks that satisfy the threshold (see 38.213, section REF)
|
||
rsrp-ThresholdSSB RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- UE may select the SS block and corresponding PRACH resource for path-loss estimation and (re)transmission on the SUL carrier
|
||
-- based on SS blocks that satisfy the threshold
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SUL-RSRP-Threshold' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
|
||
rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- PRACH root sequence index. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PRACHRootSequenceIndex' (see 38.211, section 6.3.3.1).
|
||
-- The value range depends on whether L=839 or L=139
|
||
prach-RootSequenceIndex CHOICE {
|
||
l839 INTEGER (0..837),
|
||
l139 INTEGER (0..137)
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- Subcarrier spacing of PRACH. Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'prach-Msg1SubcarrierSpacing' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of an unrestricted set or one of two types of restricted sets, see 38.211 6.3.3.1
|
||
restrictedSetConfig ENUMERATED {unrestrictedSet, restrictedSetTypeA, restrictedSetTypeB},
|
||
-- Indicates to a UE whether transform precoding is enabled for Msg3 transmission.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'msg3-tp' (see 38.213, section 8.1)
|
||
msg3-transformPrecoding ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-COMMON-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-GENERIC-START
|
||
|
||
RACH-ConfigGeneric ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- PRACH configuration index. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PRACHConfigurationIndex' (see 38.211, section 6.3.3.2)
|
||
prach-ConfigurationIndex INTEGER (0..255),
|
||
-- The number of PRACH transmission occasions FDMed in one time instance.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'prach-FDM' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
msg1-FDM ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight},
|
||
-- Offset of lowest PRACH transmission occasion in frequency domain with respective to PRB 0.
|
||
-- The value is configured so that the corresponding RACH resource is entirely within the bandwidth of the UL BWP.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'prach-frequency-start' (see 38,211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
msg1-FrequencyStart INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
|
||
-- N-CS configuration, see Table 6.3.3.1-3 in 38.211
|
||
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig INTEGER(0..15),
|
||
-- The target power level at the network receiver side (see 38.213, section 7.4, 38.321, section 5.1.2, 5.1.3)
|
||
-- Only multiples of 2 dBm may be chosen (e.g. -200, -198, ...).
|
||
-- FFS-Value: Actual values to be updated based on input from RAN4 (see LS in R2-1800004 and R4-1803466).
|
||
preambleReceivedTargetPower INTEGER (-200..-74),
|
||
-- Max number of RA preamble transmission perfomed before declaring a failure (see 38.321, section 5.1.4, 5.1.5)
|
||
preambleTransMax ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, n20, n50, n100, n200},
|
||
-- Power ramping steps for PRACH (see 38.321,5.1.3)
|
||
powerRampingStep ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2, dB4, dB6},
|
||
-- Msg2 (RAR) window length in number of slots. The network configures a value lower than or euqal to 10 ms (see 38.321, section 5.1.4)
|
||
ra-ResponseWindow ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl8, sl10, sl20, sl40, sl80}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-GENERIC-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-DEDICATED-START
|
||
|
||
-- FFS_Standlone: resources for msg1-based on-demand SI request
|
||
|
||
RACH-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Resources for contention free random access to a given target cell
|
||
cfra-Resources CFRA-Resources,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CFRA-Resources ::= CHOICE {
|
||
ssb SEQUENCE {
|
||
ssb-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-SSB-Resources)) OF CFRA-SSB-Resource,
|
||
-- Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321. The mask is valid for all SSB
|
||
-- resources signalled in ssb-ResourceList
|
||
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex INTEGER (0..15)
|
||
},
|
||
csirs SEQUENCE {
|
||
csirs-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-CSIRS-Resources)) OF CFRA-CSIRS-Resource,
|
||
cfra-csirs-DedicatedRACH-Threshold RSRP-Range
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CFRA-SSB-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell.
|
||
ssb SSB-Index,
|
||
-- The preamble index that the UE shall use when performing CF-RA upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
|
||
ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63),
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CFRA-CSIRS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The ID of a CSI-RS resource defined in the measurement object associated with this serving cell.
|
||
csi-RS CSI-RS-Index,
|
||
-- RA occasions that the UE shall use when performing CF-RA upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.
|
||
ra-OccasionList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-OccasionsPerCSIRS)) OF INTEGER (0..maxRA-Occasions-1),
|
||
-- The RA preamble index to use in the RA occasions assoicated with this CSI-RS.
|
||
ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63),
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-DEDICATED-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RADIO-BEARER-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
RadioBearerConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
srb-ToAddModList SRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
srb3-ToRelease ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
drb-ToAddModList DRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
drb-ToReleaseList DRB-ToReleaseList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
securityConfig SecurityConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SRB-ToAddMod
|
||
SRB-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
srb-Identity SRB-Identity,
|
||
-- may only be set if the cell groups of all linked logical channels are reset or released
|
||
reestablishPDCP ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
discardOnPDCP ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
pdcp-Config PDCP-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond PDCP
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
DRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddMod
|
||
DRB-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
cnAssociation CHOICE {
|
||
-- The EPS bearer ID determines the EPS bearer when NR connects to EPC using EN-DC
|
||
eps-BearerIdentity INTEGER (0..15), -- EPS-DRB-Setup
|
||
-- The SDAP configuration determines how to map QoS flows to DRBs when NR connects to the 5GC
|
||
sdap-Config SDAP-Config -- 5GC
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRBSetup
|
||
drb-Identity DRB-Identity,
|
||
|
||
-- may only be set if the cell groups of all linked logical channels are reset or released
|
||
reestablishPDCP ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
recoverPDCP ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
pdcp-Config PDCP-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond PDCP
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
DRB-ToReleaseList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity
|
||
|
||
|
||
SecurityConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
securityAlgorithmConfig SecurityAlgorithmConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond RBTermChange
|
||
keyToUse ENUMERATED{keNB, s-KgNB} OPTIONAL, -- Cond RBTermChange
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RADIO-BEARER-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RADIOLINKMONITORINGCONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
RadioLinkMonitoringConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- A list of reference signals for detecting beam failure and/or cell level radio link failure (RLF).
|
||
-- The network configures at most two detectionResources per BWP for the purpose "beamFailure" or "both".
|
||
-- If no RSs are provided for the purpose of beam failure detection, the UE performs beam monitoring based on the activated TCI-State
|
||
-- for PDCCH. However, if the activated TCI state refers to an aperiodic or semi-persistent CSI-RS, the gNB configures the failure
|
||
-- detection resources explicitly (FFS_RAN1: TBC by RAN1).
|
||
-- If no RSs are provided in this list at all (neither for Cell- nor for Beam-RLM), the UE performs also Cell-RLM based
|
||
-- on the activated TCI-State of PDCCH (FFS_RAN1: TBC by RAN1).
|
||
-- When the network reconfigures this field, the UE resets on-going RLF timers and counters.
|
||
failureDetectionResources SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofFailureDetectionResources)) OF RadioLinkMonitoringRS OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- This field determines after how many beam failure events the UE triggers beam failure recovery (see 38.321, section 5.17).
|
||
-- Value n1 corresponds to 1 beam failure instance, n2 corresponds to 2 beam failure instances and so on.
|
||
-- When the network reconfigures this field, the UE resets on-going RLF timers and counters.
|
||
-- If the field is absent, the UE does not trigger beam failure recovery.
|
||
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Timer for beam failure detection (see 38.321, section FFS_Section). See also the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig IE.
|
||
-- Value in number of "periods of Beam Failure Detection" Reference Signal. Value pbfd1 corresponds to 1 period of Beam Failure
|
||
-- Detection Reference Signal, value pbfd2 corresponds to 2 periods of Beam Failure Detection Reference Signal and so on.
|
||
-- When the network reconfigures this field, the UE resets on-going RLF timers and counters.
|
||
beamFailureDetectionTimer ENUMERATED {pbfd1, pbfd2, pbfd3, pbfd4, pbfd5, pbfd6, pbfd8, pbfd10} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
RadioLinkMonitoringRS ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Determines whether the UE shall monitor the associated reference signal for the purpose of cell- and/or beam failure detection.
|
||
purpose ENUMERATED {beamFailure, rlf, both},
|
||
-- A reference signal that the UE shall use for radio link monitoring. The network provides an ssb-Index only if
|
||
-- the purpose is set to rlf.
|
||
detectionResource CHOICE {
|
||
ssb-Index SSB-Index,
|
||
csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId
|
||
},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RADIOLINKMONITORINGCONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERN-START
|
||
RateMatchPattern ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rateMatchPatternId RateMatchPatternId,
|
||
|
||
patternType CHOICE {
|
||
bitmaps SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- A resource block level bitmap in the frequency domain. It indicates the PRBs to which the symbolsInResourceBlock bitmap applies.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-PDSCH-bitmap1' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- FFS_ASN1: Consider multiple options with different number of bits (for narrower carriers)
|
||
resourceBlocks BIT STRING (SIZE (275)),
|
||
|
||
-- A symbol level bitmap in time domain. It indicates (FFS: with a bit set to true) the symbols which the UE shall rate match around.
|
||
-- This pattern recurs (in time domain) with the configured periodicityAndOffset.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-PDSCH-bitmap2' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- FFS: Why not split it into two BIT STRINGs of 14 bit each?
|
||
symbolsInResourceBlock CHOICE {
|
||
oneSlot BIT STRING (SIZE (14)),
|
||
twoSlots BIT STRING (SIZE (28))
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
-- A time domain repetition pattern. at which the symbolsInResourceBlock
|
||
-- pattern recurs. This slot pattern repeats itself continuously. Absence of this field indicates the value n1, i.e., the
|
||
-- symbolsInResourceBlock recurs every 14 symbols.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-PDSCH-bitmap3' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
periodicityAndPattern CHOICE {
|
||
n2 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
|
||
n4 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
|
||
n5 BIT STRING (SIZE (5)),
|
||
n8 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
|
||
n10 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
|
||
n20 BIT STRING (SIZE (20)),
|
||
n40 BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
...
|
||
},
|
||
-- This ControlResourceSet us used as a PDSCH rate matching pattern, i.e., PDSCH reception rate matches around it.
|
||
controlResourceSet ControlResourceSetId
|
||
},
|
||
-- The SubcarrierSpacing for this resource pattern. If the field is absent, the UE applies the SCS of the associcated BWP.
|
||
-- The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, kHz30 to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are
|
||
-- applicable. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'resource-pattern-scs' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Cond CellLevel
|
||
-- FFS_Description, FFS_Section
|
||
mode ENUMERATED { dynamic, semiStatic },
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERN-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERNID-START
|
||
|
||
RateMatchPatternId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERNID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERNLTE-CRS-START
|
||
|
||
RateMatchPatternLTE-CRS ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Center of the LTE carrier. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'center-subcarrier-location' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
|
||
carrierFreqDL INTEGER (0..16383),
|
||
-- BW of the LTE carrier in numbewr of PRBs. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'BW' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
|
||
carrierBandwidthDL ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare2, spare1},
|
||
-- LTE MBSFN subframe configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MBSFN-subframconfig' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
|
||
-- FFS_ASN1: Import the LTE MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
|
||
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList EUTRA-MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Number of LTE CRS antenna port to rate-match around.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-resources-numb-LTE-CRS-antenna-port' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
|
||
nrofCRS-Ports ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4},
|
||
-- Shifting value v-shift in LTE to rate match around LTE CRS
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-resources-LTE-CRS-v-shift' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
|
||
v-Shift ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERNLTE-CRS-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-ID-START
|
||
|
||
ReportConfigId ::= INTEGER (1..maxReportConfigId)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-ID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
reportType CHOICE {
|
||
periodical PeriodicalReportConfig,
|
||
eventTriggered EventTriggerConfig,
|
||
-- reportCGI is to be completed before the end of Rel-15.
|
||
reportCGI ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- FFS / TODO: Consider separating trgger configuration (trigger, periodic, ...) from report configuration.
|
||
-- Current structure allows easier definiton of new events and new report types e.g. CGI, etc.
|
||
EventTriggerConfig::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
eventId CHOICE {
|
||
eventA1 SEQUENCE {
|
||
a1-Threshold MeasTriggerQuantity,
|
||
reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
|
||
hysteresis Hysteresis,
|
||
timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger
|
||
},
|
||
eventA2 SEQUENCE {
|
||
a2-Threshold MeasTriggerQuantity,
|
||
reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
|
||
hysteresis Hysteresis,
|
||
timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger
|
||
},
|
||
eventA3 SEQUENCE {
|
||
a3-Offset MeasTriggerQuantityOffset,
|
||
reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
|
||
hysteresis Hysteresis,
|
||
timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger,
|
||
useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
eventA4 SEQUENCE {
|
||
a4-Threshold MeasTriggerQuantity,
|
||
reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
|
||
hysteresis Hysteresis,
|
||
timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger,
|
||
useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
eventA5 SEQUENCE {
|
||
a5-Threshold1 MeasTriggerQuantity,
|
||
a5-Threshold2 MeasTriggerQuantity,
|
||
reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
|
||
hysteresis Hysteresis,
|
||
timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger,
|
||
useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
eventA6 SEQUENCE {
|
||
a6-Offset MeasTriggerQuantityOffset,
|
||
reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
|
||
hysteresis Hysteresis,
|
||
timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger,
|
||
useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
...
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
rsType NR-RS-Type,
|
||
|
||
-- Common reporting config (at least to periodical and eventTriggered)
|
||
reportInterval ReportInterval,
|
||
reportAmount ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
|
||
|
||
-- Cell reporting configuration
|
||
reportQuantityCell MeasReportQuantity,
|
||
maxReportCells INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
|
||
|
||
-- RS index reporting configuration
|
||
reportQuantityRsIndexes MeasReportQuantity OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
maxNrofRSIndexesToReport INTEGER (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
includeBeamMeasurements BOOLEAN,
|
||
-- If configured the UE includes the best neighbour cells per serving frequency
|
||
reportAddNeighMeas ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PeriodicalReportConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rsType NR-RS-Type,
|
||
|
||
-- Common reporting config (at least to periodical and eventTriggered)
|
||
reportInterval ReportInterval,
|
||
reportAmount ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
|
||
|
||
-- Cell reporting configuration
|
||
reportQuantityCell MeasReportQuantity,
|
||
maxReportCells INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
|
||
|
||
-- RS index reporting configuration
|
||
reportQuantityRsIndexes MeasReportQuantity OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
maxNrofRsIndexesToReport INTEGER (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
includeBeamMeasurements BOOLEAN,
|
||
useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN,
|
||
...
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
NR-RS-Type ::= ENUMERATED {ssb, csi-rs}
|
||
|
||
MeasTriggerQuantity ::= CHOICE {
|
||
rsrp RSRP-Range,
|
||
rsrq RSRQ-Range,
|
||
sinr SINR-Range
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasTriggerQuantityOffset ::= CHOICE {
|
||
rsrp INTEGER (-30..30),
|
||
rsrq INTEGER (-30..30),
|
||
sinr INTEGER (-30..30)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
MeasReportQuantity ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rsrp BOOLEAN,
|
||
rsrq BOOLEAN,
|
||
sinr BOOLEAN
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-START
|
||
-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-START
|
||
|
||
ReportConfigToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod
|
||
|
||
ReportConfigToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
reportConfigId ReportConfigId,
|
||
reportConfig CHOICE {
|
||
reportConfigNR ReportConfigNR,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG- REPORT-CONFIG-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-STOP
|
||
|
||
ReportInterval ::= ENUMERATED {ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, ms20480, ms40960, min1,
|
||
min6, min12, min30 }
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RLC-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
RLC-Config ::= CHOICE {
|
||
am SEQUENCE {
|
||
ul-AM-RLC UL-AM-RLC,
|
||
dl-AM-RLC DL-AM-RLC
|
||
},
|
||
um-Bi-Directional SEQUENCE {
|
||
ul-UM-RLC UL-UM-RLC,
|
||
dl-UM-RLC DL-UM-RLC
|
||
},
|
||
um-Uni-Directional-UL SEQUENCE {
|
||
ul-UM-RLC UL-UM-RLC
|
||
},
|
||
um-Uni-Directional-DL SEQUENCE {
|
||
dl-UM-RLC DL-UM-RLC
|
||
},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UL-AM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLengthAM,
|
||
t-PollRetransmit T-PollRetransmit,
|
||
pollPDU PollPDU,
|
||
pollByte PollByte,
|
||
maxRetxThreshold ENUMERATED { t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32 }
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
DL-AM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLengthAM,
|
||
t-Reassembly T-Reassembly,
|
||
t-StatusProhibit T-StatusProhibit
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UL-UM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLengthUM
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
DL-UM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLengthUM,
|
||
t-Reassembly T-Reassembly
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
T-PollRetransmit ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
|
||
ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
|
||
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
|
||
ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
|
||
ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
|
||
ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
|
||
ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
|
||
ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
|
||
ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800, ms1000,
|
||
ms2000, ms4000, spare5, spare4, spare3,
|
||
spare2, spare1}
|
||
|
||
|
||
PollPDU ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, p512, p1024, p2048, p4096, p6144, p8192, p12288, p16384, p20480,
|
||
p24576, p28672, p32768, p40960, p49152, p57344, p65536, infinity, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4,
|
||
spare3, spare2, spare1}
|
||
|
||
PollByte ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
kB1, kB2, kB5, kB8, kB10, kB15, kB25, kB50, kB75,
|
||
kB100, kB125, kB250, kB375, kB500, kB750, kB1000,
|
||
kB1250, kB1500, kB2000, kB3000, kB4000, kB4500,
|
||
kB5000, kB5500, kB6000, kB6500, kB7000, kB7500,
|
||
mB8, mB9, mB10, mB11, mB12, mB13, mB14, mB15,
|
||
mB16, mB17, mB18, mB20, mB25, mB30, mB40, infinity,
|
||
spare20, spare19, spare18, spare17, spare16,
|
||
spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11,
|
||
spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5,
|
||
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
|
||
|
||
T-Reassembly ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
|
||
ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
|
||
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms110,
|
||
ms120, ms130, ms140, ms150, ms160, ms170,
|
||
ms180, ms190, ms200, spare1}
|
||
|
||
T-StatusProhibit ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
|
||
ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
|
||
ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
|
||
ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
|
||
ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
|
||
ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
|
||
ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
|
||
ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
|
||
ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800, ms1000,
|
||
ms1200, ms1600, ms2000, ms2400, spare2, spare1}
|
||
|
||
SN-FieldLengthUM ::= ENUMERATED {size6, size12}
|
||
SN-FieldLengthAM ::= ENUMERATED {size12, size18}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RLC-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RLF-TIMERS-AND-CONSTANTS-START
|
||
|
||
RLF-TimersAndConstants ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
t310 ENUMERATED {ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms4000, ms6000},
|
||
n310 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
|
||
n311 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RLF-TIMERS-AND-CONSTANTS-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RNTI-VALUE-START
|
||
|
||
RNTI-Value ::= INTEGER (0..65535)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RNTI-VALUE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RSRP-RANGE-START
|
||
|
||
RSRP-Range ::= INTEGER(0..124)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RSRP-RANGE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RSRQ-RANGE-START
|
||
|
||
RSRQ-Range ::= INTEGER(0..127)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RSRQ-RANGE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SCELL-INDEX-START
|
||
|
||
-- The value range is shared across the Cell Groups
|
||
SCellIndex ::= INTEGER (1..31)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SCELL-INDEX-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SCHEDULING-REQUEST-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
SchedulingRequestConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
schedulingRequestToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSR-ConfigPerCellGroup)) OF SchedulingRequestToAddMod OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
schedulingRequestToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSR-ConfigPerCellGroup)) OF SchedulingRequestId OPTIONAL -- Need N
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SchedulingRequestToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
sr-ConfigIndex SchedulingRequestId,
|
||
|
||
sr-ProhibitTimer ENUMERATED {ms1, ms2, ms4, ms8, ms16, ms32, ms64, ms128} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
sr-TransMax ENUMERATED { n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SchedulingRequestId ::= INTEGER (0..7)
|
||
|
||
-- FFS_TODO: provide resources for each SchedulingRequestID in ServingCellConfig (TBD whether directly, in PUCCH-Config, in each BWP)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SCHEDULING-REQUEST-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SCHEDULING-REQUEST-RESOURCE-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
SchedulingRequestResourceConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
schedulingRequestResourceId SchedulingRequestResourceId,
|
||
-- The ID of the SchedulingRequestConfig that uses this scheduling request resource.
|
||
schedulingRequestID SchedulingRequestId,
|
||
-- SR periodicity and offset in number of slots. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SR-periodicity' and 'SR-offset' (see 38.213, section 9.2.2)
|
||
-- The following periodicities may be configured depending on the chosen subcarrier spacing:
|
||
-- SCS = 15 kHz: 2sym, 7sym, 1sl, 2sl, 4sl, 5sl, 8sl, 10sl, 16sl, 20sl, 40sl, 80sl
|
||
-- SCS = 30 kHz: 2sym, 7sym, 1sl, 2sl, 4sl, 8sl, 10sl, 16sl, 20sl, 40sl, 80sl, 160sl
|
||
-- SCS = 60 kHz: 2sym, 7sym/6sym, 1sl, 2sl, 4sl, 8sl, 16sl, 20sl, 40sl, 80sl, 160sl, 320sl
|
||
-- SCS = 120 kHz: 2sym, 7sym, 1sl, 2sl, 4sl, 8sl, 16sl, 40sl, 80sl, 160sl, 320sl, sl640
|
||
-- sym6or7 corresponds to 6 symbols if extended cyclic prefix and a SCS of 60 kHz are configured, otherwise it corresponds to 7 symbols.
|
||
-- For periodicities sym2, sym7 and sl1 the UE assumes an offset of 0 slots.
|
||
periodicityAndOffset CHOICE {
|
||
sym2 NULL,
|
||
sym6or7 NULL,
|
||
sl1 NULL, -- Recurs in every slot
|
||
sl2 INTEGER (0..1),
|
||
sl4 INTEGER (0..3),
|
||
sl5 INTEGER (0..4),
|
||
sl8 INTEGER (0..7),
|
||
sl10 INTEGER (0..9),
|
||
sl16 INTEGER (0..15),
|
||
sl20 INTEGER (0..19),
|
||
sl40 INTEGER (0..39),
|
||
sl80 INTEGER (0..79),
|
||
sl160 INTEGER (0..159),
|
||
sl320 INTEGER (0..319),
|
||
sl640 INTEGER (0..639)
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- ID of the PUCCH resource in which the UE shall send the scheduling request. The
|
||
-- actual PUCCH-Resource is configured in PUCCH-Config of the same UL BWP and serving cell as this SchedulingRequestResourceConfig.
|
||
-- The network configures a PUCCH-Resource of PUCCH-format0 or PUCCH-format1
|
||
-- (other formats not supported). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SR-resource' (see 38.213, section 9.2.2)
|
||
resource PUCCH-ResourceId OPTIONAL -- Need M
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SCHEDULING-REQUEST-RESOURCE-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SCHEDULINGREQUESTRESOURCEID-START
|
||
|
||
SchedulingRequestResourceId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofSR-Resources)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SCHEDULINGREQUESTRESOURCEID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SCRAMBLING-ID-START
|
||
|
||
ScramblingId ::= INTEGER (0..1023)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SCRAMBLING-ID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SCS-SPECIFIC-CARRIER-START
|
||
|
||
SCS-SpecificCarrier ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Offset in frequency domain between Point A (lowest subcarrier of common RB 0) and the lowest usable subcarrier on this carrier
|
||
-- in number of PRBs (using the subcarrierSpacing defined for this carrier). The maximum value corresponds to 275*8-1.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-pointA-low-scs' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
offsetToCarrier INTEGER (0..2199),
|
||
-- Subcarrier spacing of this carrier. It is used to convert the offsetToCarrier into an actual frequency.
|
||
-- Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ref-scs' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter k0 (see 38.211, section 5.3.1). n-6 corresponds to value -6, n0 corresponds to value 0 and n6 corresponds
|
||
-- to value +6.
|
||
k0 ENUMERATED {n-6, n0, n6},
|
||
-- Width of this carrier in number of PRBs (using the subcarrierSpacing defined for this carrier)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'BW' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
carrierBandwidth INTEGER (1..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks),
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SCS-SPECIFIC-CARRIER-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SDAP-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
SDAP-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pdu-Session PDU-SessionID,
|
||
|
||
-- FFS: separate configuration for UL and DL
|
||
sdap-HeaderDL ENUMERATED {present, absent},
|
||
sdap-HeaderUL ENUMERATED {present, absent},
|
||
defaultDRB BOOLEAN,
|
||
|
||
-- A list of QoS-Flow-IDs that the UE shall map to the DRB of this SDAP-Config.
|
||
mappedQoS-FlowsToAdd SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofQFIs)) OF QFI OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
-- A list of QoS-Flow-IDs that the UE shall no longer map to the DRB of this SDAP-Config.
|
||
mappedQoS-FlowsToRelease SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofQFIs)) OF QFI OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
QFI ::= INTEGER (0..maxQFI)
|
||
|
||
PDU-SessionID ::= INTEGER (0..255)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SDAP-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SEARCHSPACE-START
|
||
|
||
SearchSpace ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Identity of the search space. SearchSpaceId = 0 identifies the SearchSpace configured via PBCH (MIB) or ServingCellConfigCommon.
|
||
-- The searchSpaceId is unique among the BWPs of a Serving Cell.
|
||
searchSpaceId SearchSpaceId,
|
||
|
||
-- The CORESET applicable for this SearchSpace.
|
||
-- Value 0 identifies the common CORESET configured in MIB and in ServingCellConfigCommon
|
||
-- Values 1..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1 identify CORESETs configured by dedicated signalling
|
||
controlResourceSetId ControlResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOnly
|
||
|
||
-- Slots for PDCCH Monitoring configured as periodicity and offset. Corresponds to L1 parameters 'Montoring-periodicity-PDCCH-slot' and
|
||
-- 'Montoring-offset-PDCCH-slot' (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset CHOICE {
|
||
sl1 NULL,
|
||
sl2 INTEGER (0..1),
|
||
sl4 INTEGER (0..3),
|
||
sl5 INTEGER (0..4),
|
||
sl8 INTEGER (0..7),
|
||
sl10 INTEGER (0..9),
|
||
sl16 INTEGER (0..15),
|
||
sl20 INTEGER (0..19)
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
|
||
-- Symbols for PDCCH monitoring in the slots configured for PDCCH monitoring (see monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset).
|
||
-- The most significant (left) bit represents the first OFDM in a slot. The least significant (right) bit represents the last symbol.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Montoring-symbols-PDCCH-within-slot' (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot BIT STRING (SIZE (14)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
|
||
-- Number of PDCCH candidates per aggregation level. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Aggregation-level-1' to 'Aggregation-level-8'.
|
||
-- The number of candidates and aggregation levels configured here applies to all formats unless a particular value is specified or
|
||
-- a format-specific value is provided (see inside searchSpaceType).
|
||
-- (see 38.213, section 10)
|
||
nrofCandidates SEQUENCE {
|
||
aggregationLevel1 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8},
|
||
aggregationLevel2 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8},
|
||
aggregationLevel4 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8},
|
||
aggregationLevel8 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8},
|
||
aggregationLevel16 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8}
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates whether this is a common search space (present) or a UE specific search space as well as DCI formats to monitor for.
|
||
searchSpaceType CHOICE {
|
||
-- Configures this search space as common search space (CSS) and DCI formats to monitor.
|
||
common SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- If configured, the UE monitors the DCI formats 0_0 and 1_0 with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, CS-RNTI (if configured),
|
||
-- SP-CSI-RNTI (if configured), RA-RNTI, TC-RNTI, P-RNTI, SI-RNTI
|
||
dci-Format0-0-AndFormat1-0 SEQUENCE {
|
||
...
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- If configured, UE monitors the DCI format format 2_0 with CRC scrambled by SFI-RNTI
|
||
dci-Format2-0 SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The number of PDCCH candidates specifically for format 2-0 for the configured aggregation level.
|
||
-- If an aggregation level is absent, the UE does not search for any candidates with that aggregation level.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameters 'SFI-Num-PDCCH-cand' and 'SFI-Aggregation-Level' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1).
|
||
nrofCandidates-SFI SEQUENCE {
|
||
aggregationLevel1 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
aggregationLevel2 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
aggregationLevel4 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
aggregationLevel8 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
aggregationLevel16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
},
|
||
...
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- If configured, UE monitors the DCI format format 2_1 with CRC scrambled by INT-RNTI
|
||
dci-Format2-1 SEQUENCE {
|
||
...
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- If configured, UE monitors the DCI format 2_2 with CRC scrambled by TPC-PUSCH-RNTI or TPC-PUCCH-RNTI
|
||
dci-Format2-2 SEQUENCE {
|
||
...
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- If configured, UE monitors the DCI format 2_3 with CRC scrambled by TPC-SRS-RNTI
|
||
dci-Format2-3 SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Monitoring periodicity of SRS PDCCH in number of slots for DCI format 2-3.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-monitoring-periodicity' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
monitoringPeriodicity ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n5, n8, n10, n16, n20 } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
|
||
-- The number of PDCCH candidates for DCI format 2-3 for the configured aggregation level.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-Num-PDCCH-cand' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
nrofPDCCH-Candidates ENUMERATED {n1, n2},
|
||
...
|
||
} OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
},
|
||
-- Configures this search space as UE specific search space (USS). The UE monitors the DCI format with CRC scrambled
|
||
-- by C-RNTI, CS-RNTI (if configured), TC-RNTI (if a certain condition is met), and SP-CSI-RNTI (if configured)
|
||
ue-Specific SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Indicates whether the UE monitors in this USS for DCI formats 0-0 and 1-0 or for formats 0-1 and 1-1.
|
||
dci-Formats ENUMERATED {formats0-0-And-1-0, formats0-1-And-1-1},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
} OPTIONAL -- Cond Setup
|
||
}
|
||
-- TAG-SEARCHSPACE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SEARCHSPACEID-START
|
||
|
||
SearchSpaceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSearchSpaces-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SEARCHSPACEID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SECURITY-ALGORITHM-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
SecurityAlgorithmConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
cipheringAlgorithm CipheringAlgorithm,
|
||
integrityProtAlgorithm IntegrityProtAlgorithm OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
IntegrityProtAlgorithm ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
nia0, nia1, nia2, nia3, spare4, spare3,
|
||
spare2, spare1, ...}
|
||
|
||
CipheringAlgorithm ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
nea0, nea1, nea2, nea3, spare4, spare3,
|
||
spare2, spare1, ...}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SECURITY-ALGORITHM-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SERV-CELL-INDEX-START
|
||
|
||
ServCellIndex ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofServingCells-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SERV-CELL-INDEX-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SERVING-CELL-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- L1 parameters:
|
||
|
||
tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
|
||
|
||
-- The dedicated (UE-specific) configuration for the initial downlink bandwidth-part.
|
||
initialDownlinkBWP BWP-DownlinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd
|
||
|
||
-- List of additional downlink bandwidth parts to be released. (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12).
|
||
downlinkBWP-ToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
-- List of additional downlink bandwidth parts to be added or modified. (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12).
|
||
downlinkBWP-ToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF BWP-Downlink OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- If configured for an SpCell, this field contains the ID of the DL BWP to be activated upon performing the reconfiguration
|
||
-- in which it is received. If the field is absent, the RRC reconfiguration does not impose a BWP switch (corresponds to L1
|
||
-- parameter 'active-BWP-DL-Pcell').
|
||
-- If configured for an SCell, this field contains the ID of the downlink bandwidth part to be used upon MAC-activation of an SCell.
|
||
-- If not provided, the UE uses the default BWP.
|
||
-- The initial bandwidth part is referred to by BWP-Id = 0.
|
||
firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- The duration in ms after which the UE falls back to the default Bandwidth Part. (see 38.321, section 5.15)
|
||
-- The value 0.5 ms is only applicable for carriers >6 GHz.
|
||
-- When the network releases the timer configuration, the UE stops the timer without swithching to the default BWP.
|
||
bwp-InactivityTimer ENUMERATED {ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40,ms50, ms60, ms80,
|
||
ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare10, spare9,
|
||
spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'default-DL-BWP'. The initial bandwidth part is referred to by BWP-Id = 0.
|
||
-- ID of the downlink bandwidth part to be used upon expiry of txxx.
|
||
-- This field is UE specific. When the field is absent the UE uses the the initial BWP as default BWP.
|
||
-- (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12 and 38.321, section 5.15)
|
||
defaultDownlinkBWP-Id BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
uplinkConfig UplinkConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd-UL
|
||
supplementaryUplink UplinkConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd-SUL
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- PDSCH releated parameters that are not BWP-specific.
|
||
pdsch-ServingCellConfig SetupRelease { PDSCH-ServingCellConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
csi-MeasConfig SetupRelease { CSI-MeasConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Includes parameters for configuration of carrier based SRS switching
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-CarrierSwitching' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
carrierSwitching SetupRelease { SRS-CarrierSwitching } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- MAC parameters:
|
||
sCellDeactivationTimer ENUMERATED {ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160, ms200, ms240, ms320, ms400, ms480, ms520, ms640,
|
||
ms720, ms840, ms1280, spare2,spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServingCellWithoutPUCCH
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates whether this SCell is cross-carrier scheduled by another serving cell.
|
||
crossCarrierSchedulingConfig CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Timing Advance Group ID, as specified in TS 38.321 [3], which this cell belongs to.
|
||
tag-Id TAG-Id,
|
||
-- Enables the "UE beam lock function (UBF)", which disable changes to the UE beamforming configuration when in NR_RRC_CONNECTED.
|
||
-- FFS: Parameter added preliminary based on RAN4 LS in R4-1711823. Decide where to place it (maybe ServingCellConfigCommon or
|
||
-- in a BeamManagement IE??)
|
||
ue-BeamLockFunction ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates whether UE shall apply as pathloss reference either the downlink of PCell or of SCell that corresponds with this uplink
|
||
-- (see 38.213, section 7)
|
||
pathlossReferenceLinking ENUMERATED {pCell, sCell} OPTIONAL -- Cond SCellOnly
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UplinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Configuration of UL BWPs (including BWP-specific parameters:
|
||
|
||
-- The dedicated (UE-specific) configuration for the initial uplink bandwidth-part.
|
||
initialUplinkBWP BWP-UplinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd
|
||
|
||
-- The additional bandwidth parts for uplink. In case of TDD uplink- and downlink BWP with the same bandwidthPartId are considered
|
||
-- as a BWP pair and must have the same center frequency.
|
||
uplinkBWP-ToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
uplinkBWP-ToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF BWP-Uplink OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- If configured for an SpCell, this field contains the ID of the DL BWP to be activated upon performing the reconfiguration
|
||
-- in which it is received. If the field is absent, the RRC reconfiguration does not impose a BWP switch (corresponds to
|
||
-- L1 parameter 'active-BWP-UL-Pcell').
|
||
-- If configured for an SCell, this field contains the ID of the uplink bandwidth part to be used upon MAC-activation of an SCell.
|
||
-- If not provided, the UE uses the FFS: default BWP.
|
||
-- The initial bandwidth part is referred to by BandiwdthPartId = 0.
|
||
firstActiveUplinkBWP-Id BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration that is common across the UL BWPs:
|
||
|
||
-- PUSCH related parameters that are not BWP-specific.
|
||
pusch-ServingCellConfig SetupRelease { PUSCH-ServingCellConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SERVING-CELL-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SERVING-CELL-CONFIG-COMMON-START
|
||
|
||
ServingCellConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
physCellId PhysCellId OPTIONAL, -- Cond HOAndServCellAdd,
|
||
frequencyInfoDL FrequencyInfoDL OPTIONAL, -- Cond InterFreqHOAndServCellAdd
|
||
-- The initial downlink BWP configuration for a SpCell (PCell of MCG or SCG).
|
||
initialDownlinkBWP BWP-DownlinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd
|
||
|
||
uplinkConfigCommon UplinkConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd-UL
|
||
supplementaryUplinkConfig UplinkConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd-SUL
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates the time domain positions of the transmitted SS-blocks in an SS-burst. The first/ leftmost bit corresponds to SS/PBCH
|
||
-- block index 0, the second bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 1, and so on. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the
|
||
-- corresponding SS/PBCH block is not transmitted while value 1 indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is transmitted.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SSB-Transmitted' (see 38.213, section 4.1)
|
||
ssb-PositionsInBurst CHOICE {
|
||
-- bitmap for sub 3 GHz
|
||
shortBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
|
||
-- bitmap for 3-6 GHz
|
||
mediumBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
|
||
-- bitmap for above 6 GHz
|
||
longBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (64))
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R,
|
||
-- The SSB periodicity in msec for the rate matching purpose. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value ms5.
|
||
-- (see 38.211, section [7.4.3.1])
|
||
ssb-periodicityServingCell ENUMERATED { ms5, ms10, ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- Position of (first) DL DM-RS (see 38.211, section 7.4.1.1.1)
|
||
dmrs-TypeA-Position ENUMERATED {pos2, pos3},
|
||
|
||
-- Parameters to determine an LTE CRS pattern that the UE shall rate match around.
|
||
lte-CRS-ToMatchAround SetupRelease { RateMatchPatternLTE-CRS } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
|
||
-- Resources patterns which the UE should rate match PDSCH around. The UE rate matches around the union of all resources
|
||
-- indicated in the nested bitmaps. Rate match patterns defined here on cell level apply only to PDSCH of the same numerology.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resource-set-cekk' (see 38.214, section 5.1.2.2.3)
|
||
rateMatchPatternToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPattern OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
rateMatchPatternToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPatternId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
-- Subcarrier spacing of SSB. Used only for non-initial access (e.g. SCells, PCell of SCG).
|
||
-- If the field is absent the UE shall assume the default value of the band.
|
||
-- Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 120 or 240 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
|
||
subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- A cell-specific TDD UL/DL configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-DL-configuration-common' (see 38.213, section 11.1)
|
||
tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
|
||
-- A second cell-specific TDD UL/DL configuration. When tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon2 is configured, the cell specific DL/UL
|
||
-- pattern is a concatenation of the pattern specified in tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon and the pattern specified in
|
||
-- tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon2. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-DL-configuration-common-Set2' (see 38.211, section 11.1)
|
||
tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon2 TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
|
||
-- TX power that the NW used for SSB transmission. The UE uses it to estimate the RA preamble TX power.
|
||
-- (see 38.213, section 7.4)
|
||
ss-PBCH-BlockPower INTEGER (-60..50),
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UplinkConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Absolute uplink frequency configuration and subcarrier specific virtual carriers.
|
||
frequencyInfoUL FrequencyInfoUL OPTIONAL, -- Cond InterFreqHOAndServCellAdd
|
||
-- The initial uplink BWP configuration for a SpCell (PCell of MCG or SCG). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'initial-UL-BWP'.
|
||
-- (see 38.331, section FFS_Section).
|
||
initialUplinkBWP BWP-UplinkCommon OPTIONAL -- Cond ServCellAdd
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SERVING-CELL-CONFIG-COMMON-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SINR-RANGE-START
|
||
|
||
SINR-Range ::= INTEGER(0..127)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SINR-RANGE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SLOTFORMATCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-START
|
||
|
||
-- The SlotFormatCombinations applicable for one serving cell. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'cell-to-SFI' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1)
|
||
SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The ID of the serving cell for which the slotFormatCombinations are applicable
|
||
servingCellId ServCellIndex,
|
||
|
||
-- Reference subcarrier spacing for this Slot Format Combination. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-scs' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
|
||
-- Reference subcarrier spacing for a Slot Format Combination on an FDD or SUL cell.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-scs2' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section).
|
||
-- For FDD, subcarrierSpacing (SFI-scs) is the reference SCS for DL BWP and subcarrierSpacing2 (SFI-scs2) is the reference SCS for UL BWP.
|
||
-- For SUL, subcarrierSpacing (SFI-scs) is the reference SCS for non-SUL carrier and subcarrierSpacing2 (SFI-scs2) is the reference
|
||
-- SCS for SUL carrier.
|
||
subcarrierSpacing2 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- A list with SlotFormatCombinations. Each SlotFormatCombination comprises of one or more SlotFormats (see 38.211, section 4.3.2)
|
||
-- FFS_CHECK: RAN1 indicates that the combinations could be of two different types... but they don't specify the second
|
||
slotFormatCombinations SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerSet)) OF SlotFormatCombination OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- The (starting) position (bit) of the slotFormatCombinationId (SFI-Index) for this serving cell (servingCellId) within the DCI payload.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-values' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
positionInDCI INTEGER(0..maxSFI-DCI-PayloadSize-1) OPTIONAL,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SlotFormatCombination ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- This ID is used in the DCI payload to dynamically select this SlotFormatCombination.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-index' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
slotFormatCombinationId SlotFormatCombinationId,
|
||
-- Slot formats that occur in consecutive slots in time domain order as listed here. The the slot formats are
|
||
-- defined in 38.211, table 4.3.2-3 and numbered with 0..255.
|
||
slotFormats SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSlotFormatsPerCombination)) OF INTEGER (0..255)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- SFI index that is assoicated with a certian slot-format-combination
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-index' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
|
||
SlotFormatCombinationId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerSet-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SLOTFORMATCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SLOTFORMATINDICATOR-START
|
||
|
||
SlotFormatIndicator ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- RNTI used for SFI on the given cell
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-RNTI' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1)
|
||
sfi-RNTI RNTI-Value,
|
||
|
||
-- Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with SFI-RNTI.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-DCI-payload-length' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1)
|
||
dci-PayloadSize INTEGER (1..maxSFI-DCI-PayloadSize),
|
||
|
||
-- A list of SlotFormatCombinations for the UE's serving cells.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-cell-to-SFI' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1)
|
||
slotFormatCombToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofAggregatedCellsPerCellGroup)) OF SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
slotFormatCombToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofAggregatedCellsPerCellGroup)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SLOTFORMATINDICATOR-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SPS-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
-- Downlink SPS may be configured on the PCell as well as on SCells. But it shall not be configured for more than
|
||
-- one serving cell of a cell group at once.
|
||
SPS-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Periodicity for DL SPS
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'semiPersistSchedIntervalDL' (see 38.214 and 38.321, section FFS_Section)
|
||
-- FFS-Value: Support also shorter periodicities for DL?
|
||
periodicity ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms32, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms320, ms640,
|
||
spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
|
||
-- Number of configured HARQ processes for SPS DL. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'numberOfConfSPS-Processes' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
nrofHARQ-Processes INTEGER (1..8),
|
||
-- HARQ resource for PUCCH for DL SPS. The network configures the resource either as format0 or format1. (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
|
||
n1PUCCH-AN PUCCH-Resource OPTIONAL -- Need M
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SPS-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SRB-IDENTITY-START
|
||
|
||
SRB-Identity ::= INTEGER (1..3)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SRB-IDENTITY-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SRS-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
SRS-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
srs-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(0..maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets)) OF SRS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
srs-ResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(0..maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets)) OF SRS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
srs-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-Resources)) OF SRS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
srs-ResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-Resources)) OF SRS-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- If absent, UE applies TPC commands via accumulation. If disabled, UE applies the TPC command without accumulation
|
||
-- (this applies to SRS when a separate closed loop is configured for SRS)
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Accumulation-enabled-srs' (see 38,213, section 7.3)
|
||
tpc-Accumulation ENUMERATED {disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SRS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The ID of this resource set. It is unique in the context of the BWP in which the parent SRS-Config is defined.
|
||
srs-ResourceSetId SRS-ResourceSetId,
|
||
-- The IDs of the SRS-Reosurces used in this SRS-ResourceSet
|
||
srs-ResourceIdList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF SRS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
|
||
resourceType CHOICE {
|
||
aperiodic SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The DCI "code point" upon which the UE shall transmit SRS according to this SRS resource set configuration.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'AperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger' (see 38.214, section 6.1.1.2)
|
||
aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRS-TriggerStates-1),
|
||
-- ID of CSI-RS resource associated with this SRS resource set. (see 38.214, section 6.1.1.2)
|
||
csi-RS NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
-- An offset in number of slots between the triggering DCI and the actual transmission of this SRS-ResourceSet.
|
||
-- If the field is absent the UE applies no offset (value 0)
|
||
slotOffset INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
...
|
||
},
|
||
semi-persistent SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- ID of CSI-RS resource associated with this SRS resource set in non-codebook based operation.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-AssocCSIRS' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
associatedCSI-RS NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonCodebook
|
||
...
|
||
},
|
||
periodic SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- ID of CSI-RS resource associated with this SRS resource set in non-codebook based operation.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-AssocCSIRS' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
associatedCSI-RS NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonCodebook
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
-- Indicates if the SRS resource set is used for beam management vs. used for either codebook based or non-codebook based transmission.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SetUse' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
-- FFS_CHECK: Isn't codebook/noncodebook already known from the ulTxConfig in the SRS-Config? If so, isn't the only distinction
|
||
-- in the set between BeamManagement, AtennaSwitching and "Other”? Or what happens if SRS-Config=Codebook but a Set=NonCodebook?
|
||
usage ENUMERATED {beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, antennaSwitching},
|
||
|
||
-- alpha value for SRS power control. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'alpha-srs' (see 38.213, section 7.3)
|
||
-- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1
|
||
alpha Alpha OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
-- P0 value for SRS power control. The value is in dBm. Only even values (step size 2) are allowed.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-srs' (see 38.213, section 7.3)
|
||
p0 INTEGER (-202..24) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
-- A reference signal (e.g. a CSI-RS config or a SSblock) to be used for SRS path loss estimation.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'srs-pathlossReference-rs-config' (see 38.213, section 7.3)
|
||
pathlossReferenceRS CHOICE {
|
||
ssb-Index SSB-Index,
|
||
csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
|
||
-- Indicates whether hsrs,c(i) = fc(i,1) or hsrs,c(i) = fc(i,2) (if twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates are configured)
|
||
-- or serarate close loop is configured for SRS. This parameter is applicable only for Uls on which UE also transmits PUSCH.
|
||
-- If absent or release, the UE applies the value sameAs-Fci1
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'srs-pcadjustment-state-config' (see 38.213, section 7.3)
|
||
srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates ENUMERATED { sameAsFci2, separateClosedLoop} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SRS-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets-1)
|
||
|
||
SRS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
srs-ResourceId SRS-ResourceId,
|
||
nrofSRS-Ports ENUMERATED {port1, ports2, ports4},
|
||
-- The PTRS port index for this SRS resource for non-codebook based UL MIMO. This is only applicable when the corresponding
|
||
-- PTRS-UplinkConfig is set to CP-OFDM. The ptrs-PortIndex configured here must be smaller than or equal to the maxNnrofPorts
|
||
-- configured in the PTRS-UplinkConfig.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-SRS-mapping-non-CB' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
|
||
ptrs-PortIndex ENUMERATED {n0, n1 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
-- Comb value (2 or 4) and comb offset (0..combValue-1). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-TransmissionComb' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
transmissionComb CHOICE {
|
||
n2 SEQUENCE {
|
||
combOffset-n2 INTEGER (0..1),
|
||
-- Cyclic shift configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-CyclicShiftConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
cyclicShift-n2 INTEGER (0..7)
|
||
},
|
||
n4 SEQUENCE {
|
||
combOffset-n4 INTEGER (0..3),
|
||
-- Cyclic shift configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-CyclicShiftConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
cyclicShift-n4 INTEGER (0..11)
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
-- OFDM symbol location of the SRS resource within a slot including number of OFDM symbols (N = 1, 2 or 4 per SRS resource),
|
||
-- startPosition (SRSSymbolStartPosition = 0..5; "0" refers to the last symbol, "1" refers to the second last symbol) and
|
||
-- RepetitionFactor (r = 1, 2 or 4).
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1 and 38.211, section 6.4.1.4).
|
||
-- FFS: Apparently, RAN1 considers replacing these three fields by a table in RAN1 specs and a corresponding index in ASN.1?!
|
||
resourceMapping SEQUENCE {
|
||
startPosition INTEGER (0..5),
|
||
nrofSymbols ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4},
|
||
repetitionFactor ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4}
|
||
},
|
||
-- Parameter(s) defining frequency domain position and configurable shift to align SRS allocation to 4 PRB grid.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-FreqDomainPosition' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
freqDomainPosition INTEGER (0..67),
|
||
freqDomainShift INTEGER (0..268),
|
||
-- Includes parameters capturing SRS frequency hopping
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-FreqHopping' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
freqHopping SEQUENCE {
|
||
c-SRS INTEGER (0..63),
|
||
b-SRS INTEGER (0..3),
|
||
b-hop INTEGER (0..3)
|
||
},
|
||
-- Parameter(s) for configuring group or sequence hopping
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-GroupSequenceHopping' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
groupOrSequenceHopping ENUMERATED { neither, groupHopping, sequenceHopping },
|
||
-- Time domain behavior of SRS resource configuration.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-ResourceConfigType' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1).
|
||
-- For codebook based uplink transmission, the network configures SRS resources in the same resource set with the same
|
||
-- time domain behavior on periodic, aperiodic and semi-persistent SRS.
|
||
-- FFS: Add configuration parameters for the different SRS resource types?
|
||
resourceType CHOICE {
|
||
aperiodic SEQUENCE {
|
||
...
|
||
},
|
||
semi-persistent SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Periodicity and slot offset for for this SRS resource. All values in "number of slots".
|
||
-- sl1 corresponds to a periodicity of 1 slot, value sl2 corresponds to a periodicity of 2 slots, and so on.
|
||
-- For each periodicity the corresponding offset is given in number of slots. For periodicity sl1 the offset is 0 slots.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SlotConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
periodicityAndOffset-sp SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset,
|
||
...
|
||
},
|
||
periodic SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Periodicity and slot offset for for this SRS resource. All values in "number of slots"
|
||
-- sl1 corresponds to a periodicity of 1 slot, value sl2 corresponds to a periodicity of 2 slots, and so on.
|
||
-- For each periodicity the corresponding offset is given in number of slots. For periodicity sl1 the offset is 0 slots.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SlotConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
periodicityAndOffset-p SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset,
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
-- Sequence ID used to initialize psedo random group and sequence hopping.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SequenceId' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
sequenceId BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
|
||
|
||
-- Configuration of the spatial relation between a reference RS and the target SRS. Reference RS can be SSB/CSI-RS/SRS
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SpatialRelationInfo' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
|
||
spatialRelationInfo CHOICE {
|
||
ssb-Index SSB-Index,
|
||
csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
srs SRS-ResourceId
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SRS-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRS-Resources-1)
|
||
|
||
SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE {
|
||
sl1 NULL,
|
||
sl2 INTEGER(0..1),
|
||
sl4 INTEGER(0..3),
|
||
sl5 INTEGER(0..4),
|
||
sl8 INTEGER(0..7),
|
||
sl10 INTEGER(0..9),
|
||
sl16 INTEGER(0..15),
|
||
sl20 INTEGER(0..19),
|
||
sl32 INTEGER(0..31),
|
||
sl40 INTEGER(0..39),
|
||
sl64 INTEGER(0..63),
|
||
sl80 INTEGER(0..79),
|
||
sl160 INTEGER(0..159),
|
||
sl320 INTEGER(0..319),
|
||
sl640 INTEGER(0..639),
|
||
sl1280 INTEGER(0..1279),
|
||
sl2560 INTEGER(0..2559)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SRS-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SRS-CARRIERSWITCHING-START
|
||
SRS-CarrierSwitching ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- Indicates the serving cell whose UL transmission may be interrupted during SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell.
|
||
-- During SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell, the UE may temporarily suspend the UL transmission on a serving cell with PUSCH
|
||
-- in the same CG to allow the PUSCH-less cell to transmit SRS. (see 38.214, section 6.2.1.3)
|
||
srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
|
||
-- Network configures the UE with either typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group or typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group, if any.
|
||
srs-TPC-PDCCH-Group CHOICE {
|
||
-- Type A trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
typeA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config,
|
||
-- Type B trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
typeB SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config
|
||
} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
|
||
-- Maps a specific cell to a given SFI value within the DCI message
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-cell-to-SFI' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
srs-CellToSFI SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
|
||
-- A set of serving cells for monitoring PDCCH conveying SRS DCI format with CRC scrambled by TPC-SRS-RNTI
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-monitoring-cells' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
monitoringCells SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- One trigger configuration for SRS-Carrier Switching. (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The starting bit position of a block within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands
|
||
-- for a PUSCH-less SCell. (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
startingBitOfFormat2-3 INTEGER (1..31) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
-- The type of a field within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) for a PUSCH-less SCell,
|
||
-- which indicates how many bits in the field are for SRS request (0 or 1/2).
|
||
-- Note that for Type A, there is a common SRS request field for all SCells in the set, but each SCell has its
|
||
-- own TPC command bits. See TS 38.212. Network configures this field with the same value for all PUSCH-less SCells.
|
||
-- (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
fieldTypeFormat2-3 INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
-- A list of paris of [cc-SetIndex; cc-IndexInOneCC-Set] (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
-- FFS: Improve description. What is a "CC"? Where is a CC-Set defined? ...
|
||
srs-CC-SetIndexlist SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex OPTIONAL -- Cond Setup
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SRS-CC-SetIndex ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Indicates the CC set index for Type A associated (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
cc-SetIndex INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
|
||
-- Indicates the CC index in one CC set for Type A (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
|
||
cc-IndexInOneCC-Set INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL -- Cond Setup
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SRS-CARRIERSWITCHING-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SSB-INDEX-START
|
||
|
||
SSB-Index ::= INTEGER (0..63)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SSB-INDEX-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SUBCARRIER-SPACING-START
|
||
|
||
-- The subcarrier spacing supported in NR. Restrictions applicable for certain frequencies, channels or signals are clarified
|
||
-- in the fields that use this IE.
|
||
SubcarrierSpacing ::= ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz60, kHz120, kHz240, spare3, spare2, spare1}
|
||
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SUBCARRIER-SPACING-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-TCI-STATE-START
|
||
|
||
TCI-State ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
tci-StateId TCI-StateId,
|
||
qcl-Type1 QCL-Info,
|
||
qcl-Type2 QCL-Info OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
nrofPTRS-Ports ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
QCL-Info ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
|
||
-- The carrier which the RS is located in. If the field is absent, it applies to the serving cell in which the TCI-State is configured
|
||
cell ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- The DL BWP which the RS is located in.
|
||
bwp-Id BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Cond CSI-RS-Indicated
|
||
-- Cond NZP-CSI-RS-Indicated: mandatory if csi-rs or csi-RS-for-tracking is included, absent otherwise
|
||
referenceSignal CHOICE {
|
||
csi-rs NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
ssb SSB-Index,
|
||
-- A set of CSI-RS resources for tracking
|
||
csi-RS-for-tracking NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId
|
||
},
|
||
qcl-Type ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB, typeC, typeD},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-TCI-STATE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-TCI-STATEID-START
|
||
|
||
TCI-StateId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofTCI-States-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-TCI-STATEID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-TDD-UL-DL-CONFIG-START
|
||
|
||
TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Reference SCS used to determine the time domain boundaries in the UL-DL pattern which must be common across all subcarrier specific
|
||
-- virtual carriers, i.e., independent of the actual subcarrier spacing using for data transmission.
|
||
-- Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'reference-SCS' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
referenceSubcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- Periodicity of the DL-UL pattern. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-UL-transmission-periodicity' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
dl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicity ENUMERATED {ms0p5, ms0p625, ms1, ms1p25, ms2, ms2p5, ms5, ms10} OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- Number of consecutive full DL slots at the beginning of each DL-UL pattern.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-DL-slots' (see 38.211, Table 4.3.2-1)
|
||
nrofDownlinkSlots INTEGER (0..maxNrofSlots) OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- Number of consecutive DL symbols in the beginning of the slot following the last full DL slot (as derived from nrofDownlinkSlots).
|
||
-- If the field is absent or released, there is no partial-downlink slot.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-DL-symbols-common' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section).
|
||
nrofDownlinkSymbols INTEGER (0..maxNrofSymbols-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
|
||
|
||
-- Number of consecutive full UL slots at the end of each DL-UL pattern.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-UL-slots' (see 38.211, Table 4.3.2-1)
|
||
nrofUplinkSlots INTEGER (0..maxNrofSlots) OPTIONAL,
|
||
|
||
-- Number of consecutive UL symbols in the end of the slot preceding the first full UL slot (as derived from nrofUplinkSlots).
|
||
-- If the field is absent or released, there is no partial-uplink slot.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-UL-symbols-common' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
nrofUplinkSymbols INTEGER (0..maxNrofSymbols-1) OPTIONAL -- Need R
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- The slotSpecificConfiguration allows overriding UL/DL allocations provided in tdd-UL-DL-configurationCommon.
|
||
-- FFS_ASN1: Consider making this an AddMod/Release list
|
||
-- FFS_ASN1: Replace absolute numbers by variables... once RAN1 confirms.
|
||
-- FFS_CHECK: This list will grow very large if used for many slots.
|
||
slotSpecificConfigurationsToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSlots)) OF TDD-UL-DL-SlotConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
|
||
slotSpecificConfigurationsToreleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSlots)) OF TDD-UL-DL-SlotIndex OPTIONAL -- Need N
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
TDD-UL-DL-SlotConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Identifies a slot within a dl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicity (given in tdd-UL-DL-configurationCommon)
|
||
slotIndex TDD-UL-DL-SlotIndex,
|
||
|
||
-- The direction (downlink or uplink) for the symbols in this slot. "allDownlink" indicates that all symbols in this slot are used
|
||
-- for downlink; "allUplink" indicates that all symbols in this slot are used for uplink; "explicit" indicates explicitly how many symbols
|
||
-- in the beginning and end of this slot are allocated to downlink and uplink, respectively.
|
||
symbols CHOICE {
|
||
allDownlink NULL,
|
||
allUplink NULL,
|
||
explicit SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Number of consecutive DL symbols in the beginning of the slot identified by slotIndex.
|
||
-- If the field is absent the UE assumes that there are no leading DL symbols.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-DL-symbols-dedicated' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
nrofDownlinkSymbols INTEGER (1..maxNrofSymbols-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
|
||
|
||
-- Number of consecutive UL symbols in the end of the slot identified by slotIndex.
|
||
-- If the field is absent the UE assumes that there are no trailing UL symbols.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-UL-symbols-dedicated' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
|
||
nrofUplinkSymbols INTEGER (1..maxNrofSymbols-1) OPTIONAL -- Need S
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
TDD-UL-DL-SlotIndex ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSlots-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-TDD-UL-DL-CONFIG-STOP
|
||
|
||
TimeToTrigger ::= ENUMERATED {
|
||
ms0, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms100, ms128, ms160, ms256,
|
||
ms320, ms480, ms512, ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2560,
|
||
ms5120}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCE-START
|
||
|
||
ZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- ZP CSI-RS resource configuration ID
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceConfigId' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4.2)
|
||
zp-CSI-RS-ResourceId ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
-- OFDM symbol and subcarrier occupancy of the ZP-CSI-RS resource within a slot
|
||
resourceMapping CSI-RS-ResourceMapping,
|
||
-- Periodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent ZP-CSI-RS
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ZP-CSI-RS-timeConfig' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4.2)
|
||
periodicityAndOffset CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset OPTIONAL, --Cond PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-START
|
||
|
||
ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
zp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId,
|
||
-- The list of ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId identifying the ZP-CSI-RS-Resource elements belonging to this set.
|
||
zp-CSI-RS-ResourceIdList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
|
||
-- Time domain behavior of ZP-CSI-RS resource configuration.
|
||
-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceConfigType' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4.2)
|
||
resourceType ENUMERATED {aperiodic, semiPersistent, periodic},
|
||
...
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESETID-START
|
||
|
||
ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets-1)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESETID-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-BANDCOMBINATIONLIST-START
|
||
|
||
BandCombinationList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb)) OF BandCombination
|
||
|
||
BandCombination ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
bandAndDL-ParametersList BandAndDL-ParametersList,
|
||
bandCombinationsUL BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBandComb)),
|
||
bandCombinationParametersList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb)) OF BandCombinationParameters OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BandAndDL-ParametersList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands)) OF BandAndDL-Parameters
|
||
|
||
BandAndDL-Parameters ::= CHOICE {
|
||
bandAndDL-ParametersEUTRA BandAndDL-ParametersEUTRA,
|
||
bandAndDL-ParametersNR BandAndDL-ParametersNR
|
||
}
|
||
BandCombinationParameters ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ca-ParametersNR CA-ParametersNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
mrdc-Parameters MRDC-Parameters OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
CA-ParametersNR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
multipleTimingAdvances ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 2-5: Simultaneous reception and transmission for inter band CA (TDD-TDD or TDD-FDD)
|
||
simultaneousRxTxInterBandCA ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- BCS related to R4 2-1 and Updated CA BW class in R4-1803374
|
||
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet BIT STRING (SIZE (1..32)) OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MRDC-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
singleUL-Transmission ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-10: Support of EN-DC with LTE-NR coexistence in UL sharing from UE perspective
|
||
ul-SharingEUTRA-NR ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-11: Switching time between LTE UL and NR UL for EN-DC with LTE-NR coexistence in UL sharing from UE perspective
|
||
ul-SwitchingTimeEUTRA-NR ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 2-4: Simultaneous reception and transmission for inter-band EN-DC (TDD-TDD or TDD-FDD)
|
||
simultaneousRxTxInterBandENDC ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 2-6: Asynchronous FDD-FDD intra-band EN-DC
|
||
asyncIntraBandENDC ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
basebandProcesingCombinationMRDC BasebandProcessingCombinationMRDC
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BandAndDL-ParametersEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
bandEUTRA FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA,
|
||
ca-BandwidthClassDL-EUTRA CA-BandwidthClassEUTRA OPTIONAL,
|
||
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL-EUTRA-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL-EUTRA OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BandAndDL-ParametersNR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
bandNR FreqBandIndicatorNR,
|
||
ca-BandwidthClassDL CA-BandwidthClassNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 2-3: Non-contiguous intra-band CA frequency separation class for FR2 as in the RAN4 LS R4-1803363
|
||
intraBandFreqSeparationDL FreqSeparationClass OPTIONAL,
|
||
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Related to RAN4 LS R2-1804078
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH MIMO-LayersDL OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Related to RAN4 LS R2-1804078
|
||
mimo-CapabilityDL ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BANDCOMBINATIONLIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-BANDCOMBINATIONPARAMETERSULLIST-START
|
||
|
||
BandCombinationParametersUL-List ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb)) OF BandCombinationParametersUL
|
||
|
||
BandCombinationParametersUL ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands)) OF BandParametersUL
|
||
|
||
BandParametersUL ::= CHOICE {
|
||
bandParametersUL-EUTRA BandParametersUL-EUTRA,
|
||
bandParametersUL-NR BandParametersUL-NR
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BandParametersUL-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ca-BandwidthClassUL-EUTRA CA-BandwidthClassEUTRA OPTIONAL,
|
||
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL-EUTRA-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL-EUTRA OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BandParametersUL-NR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ca-BandwidthClassUL CA-BandwidthClassNR OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 2-3: Non-contiguous intra-band CA frequency separation class for FR2 as in the RAN4 LS R4-1803363
|
||
intraBandFreqSeparationUL FreqSeparationClass OPTIONAL,
|
||
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Related to RAN4 LS R2-1804078
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- Related to RAN4 LS R2-1804078
|
||
mimo-CapabilityUL ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BANDCOMBINATIONPARAMETERSULLIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-BASEBANDCOMBINATIONPARAMETERSULLIST-START
|
||
|
||
BasebandCombinationParametersUL-List ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BasebandCombinationParametersUL
|
||
|
||
BasebandCombinationParametersUL ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands)) OF BasebandParametersPerBandUL
|
||
|
||
BasebandParametersPerBandUL ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ca-BandwidthClassUL CA-BandwidthClassNR,
|
||
freqRange ENUMERATED {fr1, fr2},
|
||
basebandParametersPerCC-UL SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF BasebandParametersPerCC-UL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BasebandParametersPerCC-UL ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R4 2-2: Simultaneous reception or transmission with same or different numerologies in CA
|
||
-- It is expressed by the combination of SCS whether simultaneous RxTx is supported or not.
|
||
supportedSubcarrierSpacingUL SubcarrierSpacing,
|
||
-- Accoding to the RAN4 LS R4-1803563, maximum Bandwidth supported per CC is added in BPC
|
||
-- FFS how to work together with BCS and max BW for each CC to be defined for each CA band combination in the RAN4 spec.
|
||
supportedBandwidthUL CHOICE {
|
||
fr1 ENUMERATED {mhz5, mhz10, mhz15, mhz20, mhz25, mhz30, mhz40, mhz50, mhz60, mhz80, mhz100},
|
||
fr2 ENUMERATED {mhz50, mhz100, mhz200, mhz400}
|
||
},
|
||
-- R2-1800012. To be confirmed by RAN1
|
||
scalingFactor0dot75 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-14: Codebook based PUSCH MIMO transmission. Absence of this field implies that CB-based PUSCH is not supported.
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-15: Non-codebook based PUSCH MIMO transmission. Absence of this field implies that Non-CB-based PUSCH is not supported.
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- Accoding to the RAN4 LS R4-1803563, modulation order is added per CC granularity in BPC
|
||
-- FFS whether all of modulation order specified in the spec need to be signalled.
|
||
-- FFS how to address the requirements agreed by RAN4, e.g. mandaotry w/o capabiltiy for 64QAM. mandaotry with capabiltiy for DL 256QAM in FR1.
|
||
supportedModulationOrderUL ModulationOrder OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-53: SRS resources
|
||
supportedSRS-Resources SRS-Resources OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-55: SRS Tx switch
|
||
srs-TxSwitch SRS-TxSwitch OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-57: Support low latency CSI feedback
|
||
lowLatencyCSI-Feedback ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-12 & 5-12a: Up to 2/7 PUSCHs per slot for different TBs
|
||
pusch-DifferentTB-PerSlot SEQUENCE {
|
||
scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-7: Two PUCCH group
|
||
twoPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-8: Different numerology across PUCCH groups
|
||
diffNumerologyAcrossPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-9: Different numerologies across carriers within the same PUCCH group
|
||
diffNumerologyWithinPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-10: Cross carrier scheduling
|
||
crossCarrierScheduling ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-11: Number of supported TAGs
|
||
supportedNumberTAG ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-18: Supplemental uplink with dynamic switch
|
||
dynamicSwitchSUL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-19: Simultaneous transmission of SRS on an SUL/non-SUL carrier and PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS/PRACH on the other UL carrier in the same cell
|
||
-- Details on the channel/signal combination are to be described in TS 38.306
|
||
simultaneousTxSUL-NonSUL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-22: UL search space sharing for CA
|
||
searchSpaceSharingCA-UL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BASEBANDCOMBINATIONPARAMETERSULLIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-BASEBANDPROCESSINGCOMBINATIONMRDC-START
|
||
|
||
BasebandProcessingCombinationMRDC ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BasebandProcessingCombinationLink
|
||
|
||
BasebandProcessingCombinationLink ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
basebandProcessingCombinationIndexMN BasebandProcessingCombinationIndex,
|
||
basebandProcessingCombinationLinkedIndexSN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BasebandProcessingCombinationIndex
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BasebandProcessingCombinationIndex ::= INTEGER (1..maxBasebandProcComb)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-BASEBANDPROCESSINGCOMBINATIONMRDC-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CA-BANDWIDTHCLASSNR-START
|
||
|
||
-- Updated based on R4-1803374
|
||
CA-BandwidthClassNR ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, o, p, q, ...}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CA-BANDWIDTHCLASSNR-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-CA-BANDWIDTHCLASSEUTRA-START
|
||
|
||
CA-BandwidthClassEUTRA ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ...}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-CA-BANDWIDTHCLASSEUTRA-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-FREQ-BAND-INDICATOR-EUTRA-START
|
||
|
||
FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA ::= INTEGER (1..maxBandsEUTRA)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-FREQ-BAND-INDICATOR-EUTRA-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-FREQBANDLIST-START
|
||
|
||
FreqBandList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandsMRDC)) OF FreqBandInformation
|
||
|
||
FreqBandInformation ::= CHOICE {
|
||
bandEUTRA FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA,
|
||
bandNR FreqBandIndicatorNR
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-FREQBANDLIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-FREQSEPARATIONCLASS-START
|
||
|
||
FreqSeparationClass ::= ENUMERATED {c1, c2, c3, ...}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-FREQSEPARATIONCLASS-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MIMO-LAYERS-START
|
||
|
||
MIMO-LayersDL ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers}
|
||
|
||
MIMO-LayersUL ::= ENUMERATED {oneLayer, twoLayers, fourLayers}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MIMO-LAYERS-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MODULATION-ORDER-START
|
||
|
||
ModulationOrder ::= ENUMERATED {bpsk-halfpi, bpsk, qpsk, qam16, qam64, qam256}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MODULATION-ORDER-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RAT-TYPE-START
|
||
|
||
RAT-Type ::= ENUMERATED {nr, eutra-nr, spare2, spare1, ...}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RAT-TYPE-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-SUPPORTEDBASEBANDPROCESSINGCOMBINATION-START
|
||
|
||
SupportedBasebandProcessingCombination ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BasebandProcessingCombination
|
||
|
||
BasebandProcessingCombination ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
basebandParametersDL SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands)) OF BasebandParametersPerBandDL,
|
||
basebandParametersUL BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb))}
|
||
|
||
BasebandParametersPerBandDL ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
ca-BandwidthClassDL CA-BandwidthClassNR,
|
||
freqRange ENUMERATED {fr1, fr2},
|
||
basebandParametersPerCC-DL SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF BasebandParametersPerCC-DL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BasebandParametersPerCC-DL ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R4 2-2: Simultaneous reception or transmission with same or different numerologies in CA
|
||
-- It is expressed by the combination of SCS whether simultaneous RxTx is supported or not.
|
||
supportedSubcarrierSpacingDL SubcarrierSpacing,
|
||
-- Accoding to the RAN4 LS R4-1803563, maximum Bandwidth supported per CC is added in BPC
|
||
-- FFS how to work together with BCS and max BW for each CC to be defined for each CA band combination in the RAN4 spec.
|
||
supportedBandwidthDL CHOICE {
|
||
fr1 ENUMERATED {mhz5, mhz10, mhz15, mhz20, mhz25, mhz30, mhz40, mhz50, mhz60, mhz80, mhz100},
|
||
fr2 ENUMERATED {mhz50, mhz100, mhz200, mhz400}
|
||
},
|
||
-- R2-1800012. To be confirmed by RAN1
|
||
scalingFactor0dot75 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-2: PDSCH beam switching
|
||
timeDurationForQCL SEQUENCE {
|
||
scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {s7, s14, s28} OPTIONAL,
|
||
sch-120kHz ENUMERATED {s14, s28} OPTIONAL
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 1-10: Support of SCell without SS/PBCH block
|
||
scellWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 1-11: Support of CSI-RS RRM measurement for SCell without SS/PBCH block
|
||
csi-RS-MeasSCellWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-3: PDSCH MIMO layers. Absence of this field implies support of one layer.
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH MIMO-LayersDL OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- Accoding to the RAN4 LS R4-1803563, modulation order is added per CC granularity in BPC
|
||
-- FFS whether all of modulation order specified in the spec need to be signalled.
|
||
-- FFS how to address the requirements agreed by RAN4, e.g. mandaotry w/o capabiltiy for 64QAM. mandaotry with capabiltiy for DL 256QAM in FR1.
|
||
supportedModulationOrderDL ModulationOrder OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-15a: Association between CSI-RS and SRS
|
||
srs-AssocCSI-RS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 3-1a: For type 1 CSS with dedicated RRC configuration and for type 3 CSS, UE specific SS, CORESET resource allocation of 6RB bit-map and duration 3 OFDM symbols for FR2
|
||
type1-3-CSS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 3-5 & 3-5a: For type 1 with dedicated RRC configuration, type 3, and UE-SS,, monitoring occasion can be any OFDM symbol(s) of a slot for Case 2 (with a DCI gap)
|
||
pdcchMonitoringAnyOccasions ENUMERATED {withoutDCI-gap, withDCI-gap} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-1a: UE specific RRC configure UL/DL assignment
|
||
ue-SpecificUL-DL-Assignment ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-11 & 5-11a: Up to 2/7 unicast PDSCHs per slot for different TBs
|
||
pdsch-DifferentTB-PerSlot SEQUENCE {
|
||
scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-10: Cross carrier scheduling
|
||
crossCarrierScheduling ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-21: DL search space sharing for CA
|
||
searchSpaceSharingCA-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-SUPPORTEDBASEBANDPROCESSINGCOMBINATION-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-UE-CAPABILITY-RAT-CONTAINER-LIST-START
|
||
|
||
UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList ::=SEQUENCE (SIZE (0.. maxRAT-CapabilityContainers)) OF UE-CapabilityRAT-Container
|
||
|
||
UE-CapabilityRAT-Container ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
rat-Type RAT-Type,
|
||
ue-CapabilityRAT-Container OCTET STRING
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-UE-CAPABILITY-RAT-CONTAINER-LIST-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-UE-MRDC-CAPABILITY-START
|
||
|
||
UE-MRDC-Capability ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
measParametersMRDC MeasParametersMRDC OPTIONAL,
|
||
rf-ParametersMRDC RF-ParametersMRDC,
|
||
phy-ParametersMRDC Phy-ParametersMRDC OPTIONAL,
|
||
generalParametersMRDC GeneralParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
fdd-Add-UE-MRDC-Capabilities UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode OPTIONAL,
|
||
tdd-Add-UE-MRDC-Capabilities UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode OPTIONAL,
|
||
fr1-Add-UE-MRDC-Capabilities UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode OPTIONAL,
|
||
fr2-Add-UE-MRDC-Capabilities UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode OPTIONAL,
|
||
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff Phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
measParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff MeasParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
generalParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff GeneralParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff Phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
measParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff MeasParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
RF-ParametersMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
supportedBandCombination BandCombinationList,
|
||
bandCombinationParametersUL-List BandCombinationParametersUL-List
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Phy-ParametersMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff Phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff Phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R1 8-1: Dynamic power sharing for LTE-NR DC
|
||
dynamicPowerSharing ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-13 & 8-2: Case 1 Single Tx UL LTE-NR DC
|
||
tdm-Pattern ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
Phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R1 8-1: Dynamic power sharing for LTE-NR DC
|
||
dynamicPowerSharing ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-13 & 8-2: Case 1 Single Tx UL LTE-NR DC
|
||
tdm-Pattern ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasParametersMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
measParametersMRDC-Common MeasParametersMRDC-Common,
|
||
measParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff MeasParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
measParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff MeasParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasParametersMRDC-Common ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R4 3-1: Independent measurement gap configurations for FR1 and FR2
|
||
independentGapConfig ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
sftd-MeasPSCell ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
sftd-MeasNR-Cell ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R4 3-2: Simultaneous reception of data and SS block with different numerologies when UE conducts the serving cell measurement or intra-frequency measurement
|
||
simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GeneralParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
splitSRB-WithOneUL-Path ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
splitDRB-withUL-Both-MCG-SCG ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
srb3 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-UE-MRDC-CAPABILITY-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-UE-NR-CAPABILITY-START
|
||
|
||
UE-NR-Capability ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
pdcp-Parameters PDCP-Parameters,
|
||
rlc-Parameters RLC-Parameters OPTIONAL,
|
||
mac-Parameters MAC-Parameters OPTIONAL,
|
||
phy-Parameters Phy-Parameters,
|
||
rf-Parameters RF-Parameters,
|
||
measParameters MeasParameters OPTIONAL,
|
||
fdd-Add-UE-NR-Capabilities UE-NR-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode OPTIONAL,
|
||
tdd-Add-UE-NR-Capabilities UE-NR-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode OPTIONAL,
|
||
fr1-Add-UE-NR-Capabilities UE-NR-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode OPTIONAL,
|
||
fr2-Add-UE-NR-Capabilities UE-NR-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode OPTIONAL,
|
||
lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
|
||
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UE-NR-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
phy-ParametersXDD-Diff Phy-ParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
mac-ParametersXDD-Diff MAC-ParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
measParametersXDD-Diff MeasParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
UE-NR-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
phy-ParametersFRX-Diff Phy-ParametersFRX-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
measParametersFRX-Diff MeasParametersFRX-Diff OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Phy-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
phy-ParametersCommon Phy-ParametersCommon OPTIONAL,
|
||
phy-ParametersXDD-Diff Phy-ParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
phy-ParametersFRX-Diff Phy-ParametersFRX-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
phy-ParametersFR1 Phy-ParametersFR1 OPTIONAL,
|
||
phy-ParametersFR2 Phy-ParametersFR2 OPTIONAL,
|
||
supportedBasebandProcessingCombination SupportedBasebandProcessingCombination,
|
||
basebandCombinationParametersUL-List BasebandCombinationParametersUL-List
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Phy-ParametersCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R1 1-9: CSI-RS based CFRA for HO
|
||
csi-RS-CFRA-ForHO ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-11: Downlink dynamic PRB bundling (DL)
|
||
dynamicPRB-BundlingDL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-32a: Semi-persistent CSI report on PUCCH
|
||
sp-CSI-ReportPUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-32b: Semi-persistent CSI report on PUSCH
|
||
sp-CSI-ReportPUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-34: NZP-CSI-RS based interference measurement
|
||
nzp-CSI-RS-IntefMgmt ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-42: Support Type II SP-CSI feedback on long PUCCH
|
||
type2-SP-CSI-Feedback-LongPUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 3-3: More than one CORESET per BWP (in addition to CORESET #0)
|
||
multipleCORESET ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 3-6: Dynamic SFI monitoring and dynamic UL/DL determination
|
||
dynamicSFI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 3-7: Precoder-granularity of CORESET size
|
||
precoderGranularityCORESET ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-10: Dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook
|
||
dynamicHARQ-ACK-Codebook ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-11: Semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook
|
||
semiStaticHARQ-ACK-Codebook ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-12: HARQ-ACK spatial bundling for PUCCH or PUSCH per PUCCH group
|
||
spatialBundlingHARQ-ACK ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-21: Dynamic beta-offset configuration and indication for HARQ-ACK and/or CSI
|
||
dynamicBetaOffsetInd-HARQ-ACK-CSI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-23: Repetitions for PUCCH format 1, 3,and 4 over multiple slots with K = 1, 2, 4, 8
|
||
pucch-Repetition-F1-3-4 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-2: RA type 0 for PUSCH
|
||
ra-Type0-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-3: Dynamic switching between RA type 0 and RA type 1 for PDSCH
|
||
dynamicSwitchRA-Type0-1-PDSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-4: Dynamic switching between RA type 0 andRA type 1 for PUSCH
|
||
dynamicSwitchRA-Type0-1-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-6: PDSCH mapping type A with less than 7 OFDM symbols
|
||
pdsch-MappingTypeA ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-6a: PDSCH mapping type B
|
||
pdsch-MappingTypeB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-7: Interleaving for VRB-to-PRB mapping for PDSCH
|
||
interleavingVRB-ToPRB-PDSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-8: Interleaving for VRB-to-PRB mapping for PUSCH
|
||
interleavingVRB-ToPRB-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-10: Inter-slot frequency hopping for PUSCH
|
||
interSlotFreqHopping-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-13: Type 1 configured PUSCH repetitions within a slot
|
||
type1-PUSCH-RepetitionOneSlot ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-14: Type 1 configured PUSCH repetitions over multiple slots
|
||
type1-PUSCH-RepetitionMultiSlots ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-15: Type 2 configured PUSCH repetitions within a slot
|
||
type2-PUSCH-RepetitionOneSlot ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-16: Type 2 configured PUSCH repetitions over multiple slots
|
||
type2-PUSCH-RepetitionMultiSlots ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-17: PUSCH repetitions over multiple slots
|
||
pusch-RepetitionMultiSlots ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-17a: PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots
|
||
pdsch-RepetitionMultiSlots ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-18: DL SPS
|
||
downlinkSPS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-19: Type 1 Configured UL grant
|
||
configuredUL-GrantType1 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-20: Type 2 Configured UL grant
|
||
configuredUL-GrantType2 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-21: Pre-emption indication for DL
|
||
pre-EmptIndication-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-22 & 5-25: CBG-based re-transmission for DL/UL using CBGTI
|
||
cbg-TransIndication BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-23: CBGFI for CBG-based re-transmission for DL
|
||
cbg-FlushIndication-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-24: Dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook using sub-codebooks for CBG-based re-transmission for DL
|
||
dynamicHARQ-ACK-CodeB-CBG-Retx-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-26: Semi-static rate-matching resource set configuration for DL
|
||
rateMatchingResrcSetSemi-Static ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-27: Dynamic rate-matching resource set configuration for DL
|
||
rateMatchingResrcSetDynamic ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-28: Rate-matching around LTE CRS
|
||
rateMatchingLTE-CRS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-8: BWP switching delay
|
||
bwp-SwitchingDelay ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Phy-ParametersXDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R1 4-2: 2 PUCCH of format 0 or 2 in consecutive symbols
|
||
twoPUCCH-F0-2-ConsecSymbols ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 8-7: UL power control with 2 PUSCH closed loops
|
||
twoDifferentTPC-Loop-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 8-8: UL power control with 2 PUCCH closed loops
|
||
twoDifferentTPC-Loop-PUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Phy-ParametersFRX-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R1 2-6 & 2-16b: Support 1+2 DMRS (DL/UL)
|
||
oneFL-DMRS-TwoAdditionalDMRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-7 & 2-18: Supported 2 symbols front-loaded DMRS(DL/UL)
|
||
twoFL-DMRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-8 & 2-18a: Supported 2 symbols front-loaded +2 symbols additional DMRS(DL/UL)
|
||
twoFL-DMRS-TwoAdditionalDMRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-9 & 2-19: Support 1+3 DMRS (DL/UL)
|
||
oneFL-DMRS-ThreeAdditionalDMRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-10: Support DMRS type (DL)
|
||
supportedDMRS-TypeDL ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-17: Support DMRS type (UL)
|
||
supportedDMRS-TypeUL ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-37: Support Semi-open loop CSI
|
||
semiOpenLoopCSI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-38: CSI report without PMI
|
||
csi-ReportWithoutPMI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-39: CSI report with CRI
|
||
csi-ReportWithCRI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-39a: CSI report without CQI
|
||
csi-ReportWithoutCQI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-44 & 2-47: 1 port of DL/UL PTRS
|
||
onePortsPTRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-2: 2 PUCCH of format 0 or 2 in consecutive symbols
|
||
twoPUCCH-F0-2-ConsecSymbols ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-3: PUCCH format 2 over 1 – 2 OFDM symbols once per slot with FH
|
||
pucch-F2-WithFH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-4: PUCCH format 3 over 4 – 14 OFDM symbols once per slot with FH
|
||
pucch-F3-WithFH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-5: PUCCH format 4 over 4 – 14 OFDM symbols once per slot with FH
|
||
pucch-F4-WithFH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-6: Non-frequency hopping for PUCCH formats 0 and 2
|
||
freqHoppingPUCCH-F0-2 ENUMERATED {notSupported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-7: Non-frequency hopping for PUCCH format 1, 3, and 4
|
||
freqHoppingPUCCH-F1-3-4 ENUMERATED {notSupported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-19: SR/HARQ-ACK/CSI multiplexing once per slot using a PUCCH (or piggybacked on a PUSCH)
|
||
mux-SR-HARQ-ACK-CSI-PUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-20: UCI code-block segmentation
|
||
uci-CodeBlockSegmentation ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-22: 1 long PUCCH format and 1 short PUCCH format in the same slot
|
||
onePUCCH-LongAndShortFormat ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-22a: 2 PUCCH transmissions in the same slot which are not covered by 4-22 and 4-2
|
||
twoPUCCH-AnyOthersInSlot ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-9: Intra-slot frequency-hopping for PUSCH except for PUSCH scheduled by Type 1 before RRC connection
|
||
intraSlotFreqHopping-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-29: LBRM for PUSCH
|
||
pusch-LBRM ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-5a: PDCCH blind detection capability for CA
|
||
pdcch-BlindDetectionCA ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 8-3: TPC-PUSCH-RNTI
|
||
tpc-PUSCH-RNTI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 8-4: TPC-PUCCH-RNTI
|
||
tpc-PUCCH-RNTI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 8-5: TPC-SRS-RNTI
|
||
tpc-SRS-RNTI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 8-6: Absolute TPC command mode
|
||
absoluteTPC-Command ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 8-7: UL power control with 2 PUSCH closed loops
|
||
twoDifferentTPC-Loop-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 8-8: UL power control with 2 PUCCH closed loops
|
||
twoDifferentTPC-Loop-PUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-6: pi/2-BPSK for PUSCH
|
||
pusch-HalfPi-BPSK ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-7: pi/2-BPSK for PUCCH format 3/4
|
||
pucch-F3-4-HalfPi-BPSK ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-9: 1-symbol GP in unpaired spectrum
|
||
oneSymbolGP-TDD ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 2-7: Almost contiguous UL CP-OFDM
|
||
almostContiguousCP-OFDM-UL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Phy-ParametersFR1 ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R1 3-2: Unicast PDCCH monitoring following Case 1-2
|
||
pdcchMonitoringSingleOccasion ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-1: 60kHz of subcarrier spacing for FR1
|
||
scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-4: 256QAM for PDSCH in FR1
|
||
pdsch-256QAM-FR1 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Phy-ParametersFR2 ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R4 2-8: PA calibration gap
|
||
calibrationGapPA ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
RF-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
supportedBandListNR SupportedBandListNR,
|
||
supportedBandCombination BandCombinationList,
|
||
bandCombinationParametersUL-List BandCombinationParametersUL-List
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SupportedBandListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF BandNR
|
||
|
||
BandNR ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
bandNR FreqBandIndicatorNR,
|
||
-- Modified MPR behaviour as in RAN4 LS R2-1804077, which is needed for NSA as well as SA
|
||
modifiedMPR-Behaviour BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 2-1: Maximum channel bandwidth supported in each band for DL and UL separately and for each SCS that UE supports within a single CC
|
||
-- RAN4 agreed that 400 MHz is optional for FR2. The other values defined for FR1/fR2 in TS 38.101 are mandatory w/o capability bit.
|
||
maxChannelBW-PerCC ENUMERATED {mhz400} OPTIONAL,
|
||
mimo-ParametersPerBand MIMO-ParametersPerBand OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 0-10: Extended CP
|
||
extendedCP ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 0-13: Phase coherence across non-contiguous UL symbols in slot in the transmission of one channel
|
||
phaseCoherenceUL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 1-10: Support of SCell without SS/PBCH block
|
||
scellWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 1-11: Support of CSI-RS RRM measurement for SCell without SS/PBCH block
|
||
csi-RS-MeasSCellWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-15a: Association between CSI-RS and SRS
|
||
srs-AssocCSI-RS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 3-1a: For type 1 CSS with dedicated RRC configuration and for type 3 CSS, UE specific SS, CORESET resource allocation of 6RB bit-map and duration 3 OFDM symbols for FR2
|
||
type1-3-CSS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 3-4: More than one TCI state configurations per CORESET
|
||
multipleTCI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 3-5 & 3-5a: For type 1 with dedicated RRC configuration, type 3, and UE-SS,, monitoring occasion can be any OFDM symbol(s) of a slot for Case 2 (with a DCI gap)
|
||
pdcchMonitoringAnyOccasions ENUMERATED {withoutDCI-gap, withDCI-gap} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-1a: UE specific RRC configure UL/DL assignment
|
||
ue-SpecificUL-DL-Assignment ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-11 & 5-11a: Up to 2/7 unicast PDSCHs per slot for different TBs
|
||
pdsch-DifferentTB-PerSlot SEQUENCE {
|
||
scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 5-12 & 5-12a: Up to 2/7 PUSCHs per slot for different TBs
|
||
pusch-DifferentTB-PerSlot SEQUENCE {
|
||
scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-2 & 6-3: Type A/B BWP adaptation (up to 2/4 BWPs) with same numerology
|
||
bwp-SameNumerology ENUMERATED {upto2, upto4} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-4: BWP adaptation (up to 4 BWPs) with different numerologies
|
||
bwp-DiffNumerology ENUMERATED {upto4} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-7: Two PUCCH group
|
||
twoPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-8: Different numerology across PUCCH groups
|
||
diffNumerologyAcrossPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-9: Different numerologies across carriers within the same PUCCH group
|
||
diffNumerologyWithinPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-10: Cross carrier scheduling
|
||
crossCarrierScheduling ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-11: Number of supported TAGs
|
||
supportedNumberTAG ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-19: Simultaneous transmission of SRS on an SUL/non-SUL carrier and PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS/PRACH on the other UL carrier in the same cell
|
||
-- Details on the channel/signal combination are to be described in TS 38.306
|
||
simultaneousTxSUL-NonSUL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-21: DL search space sharing for CA
|
||
searchSpaceSharingCA-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 6-22: UL search space sharing for CA
|
||
searchSpaceSharingCA-UL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-4: 256QAM for PDSCH in FR2
|
||
pdsch-256QAM-FR2 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R4 1-5: 256QAM for PUSCH
|
||
pusch-256QAM ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MIMO-ParametersPerBand ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R1 2-2: PDSCH beam switching
|
||
timeDurationForQCL SEQUENCE {
|
||
scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {s7, s14, s28} OPTIONAL,
|
||
sch-120kHz ENUMERATED {s14, s28} OPTIONAL
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-3: PDSCH MIMO layers. Absence of this field implies support of one layer.
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH MIMO-LayersDL OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-14: Codebook based PUSCH MIMO transmission. Absence of this field implies that CB-based PUSCH is not supported.
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-15: Non-codebook based PUSCH MIMO transmission. Absence of this field implies that Non-CB-based PUSCH is not supported.
|
||
maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-4: TCI states for PDSCH
|
||
maxNumberConfiguredTCIstates ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32, n64} OPTIONAL,
|
||
maxNumberActiveTCI-PerCC ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-13: PUSCH transmission coherence
|
||
pusch-TransCoherence ENUMERATED {nonCoherent, partialNonCoherent, fullCoherent} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-20: Beam correspondence
|
||
beamCorrespondence ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-21: Periodic beam report on PUCCH
|
||
periodicBeamReport ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-22: Aperiodic beam report on PUSCH
|
||
aperiodicBeamReport ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-23: Semi-persistent beam report on PUCCH
|
||
sp-BeamReportPUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-23a: Semi-persistent beam report on PUSCH
|
||
sp-BeamReportPUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-24: SSB/CSI-RS for beam management
|
||
beamManagementSSB-CSI-RS BeamManagementSSB-CSI-RS OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-26: Receiving beam selection using CSI-RS resource repetition "ON"
|
||
maxNumberRxBeam INTEGER (2..8) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-27: Beam switching (including SSB and CSI-RS)
|
||
maxNumberRxTxBeamSwitchDL SEQUENCE {
|
||
scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL,
|
||
scs-240kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-29: Non-group based beam reporting
|
||
maxNumberNonGroupBeamReporting ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-29a: Group based beam reporting
|
||
groupBeamReporting ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-30: UL beam management
|
||
uplinkBeamManagement SEQUENCE {
|
||
maxNumberSRS-ResourcePerSet ENUMERATED {n8, n16, n32},
|
||
maxNumberSRS-ResourceSet INTEGER (1..8)
|
||
} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-31: Beam failure recovery
|
||
maxNumberCSI-RS-BFR INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL,
|
||
maxNumberSSB-BFR INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL,
|
||
maxNumberCSI-RS-SSB-BFR INTEGER (1..256) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-45 & 2-48: 2 ports of DL/UL PTRS
|
||
twoPortsPTRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-53: SRS resources
|
||
supportedSRS-Resources SRS-Resources OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-55: SRS Tx switch
|
||
srs-TxSwitch SRS-TxSwitch OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-54a: Simultaneous SRS Tx
|
||
maxNumberSimultaneousSRS-PerCC INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 2-57: Support low latency CSI feedback
|
||
lowLatencyCSI-Feedback ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- R1 2-24: SSB/CSI-RS for beam management
|
||
BeamManagementSSB-CSI-RS ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
maxNumberSSB-CSI-RS-ResourceOneTx ENUMERATED {n8, n16, n32, n64},
|
||
maxNumberSSB-CSI-RS-ResourceTwoTx ENUMERATED {n0, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64},
|
||
supportedCSI-RS-Density ENUMERATED {one, three, oneAndThree}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- R1 2-53: SRS resources
|
||
SRS-Resources ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
maxNumberAperiodicSRS-PerBWP ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16},
|
||
maxNumberAperiodicSRS-PerBWP-PerSlot INTEGER (1..6),
|
||
maxNumberPeriodicSRS-PerBWP ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16},
|
||
maxNumberPeriodicSRS-PerBWP-PerSlot INTEGER (1..6),
|
||
maxNumberSemiPersitentSRS-PerBWP ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n4, n8, n16},
|
||
maxNumberSP-SRS-PerBWP-PerSlot INTEGER (0..6),
|
||
maxNumberSRS-Ports-PerResource ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4}
|
||
}
|
||
-- R1 2-55: SRS Tx switch
|
||
SRS-TxSwitch ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
supportedSRS-TxPortSwitch ENUMERATED {t1r2, t1r4, t2r4, t1r4-t2r4},
|
||
txSwitchImpactToRx ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PDCP-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
supportedROHC-Profiles SEQUENCE {
|
||
profile0x0000 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0001 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0002 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0003 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0004 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0006 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0101 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0102 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0103 BOOLEAN,
|
||
profile0x0104 BOOLEAN
|
||
},
|
||
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions ENUMERATED {cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32, cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024, cs16384, spare2, spare1},
|
||
uplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
continueROHC-Context ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
outOfOrderDelivery ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
shortSN ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
RLC-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
am-WithShortSN ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
um-WithShortSN ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
um-WIthLongSN ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MAC-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
mac-ParametersCommon MAC-ParametersCommon OPTIONAL,
|
||
mac-ParametersXDD-Diff MAC-ParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MAC-ParametersCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
lcp-Restriction ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 4-24: PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo indication by a MAC CE per PUCCH resource
|
||
pucch-SpatialRelInfoMAC-CE ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MAC-ParametersXDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
skipUplinkTxDynamic ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
longDRX-Cycle ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
shortDRX-Cycle ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
multipleSR-Configurations ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- If supported UE supports 8 SR configurations, otherwise 1 SR config is supported.
|
||
-- Confirmation is needed whether to align the number to what the configuration signalling can support.
|
||
multipleConfiguredGrantConfigurations ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
-- If supported UE supports 16 configured grant configurations, otherwise 1 ConfiguredGrant config is supported.
|
||
-- Confirmation is needed whether to align the number to what the configuration signalling can support, and to consider whether the 16 refers
|
||
-- to the configurations or the active ones only (as they are within the BWP).
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasParameters ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
measParametersXDD-Diff MeasParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
|
||
measParametersFRX-Diff MeasParametersFRX-Diff OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasParametersXDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
intraAndInterF-MeasAndReport ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
eventA-MeasAndReport ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
-- Confirmation is needed on the need of capability/IOT signaling in LTE for support of the additional measurement gap configurations.
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
MeasParametersFRX-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
|
||
-- R1 1-3: SSB based SINR measurement
|
||
ss-SINR-Meas ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 1-5: CSI-RS based RRM measurement with associated SS-block
|
||
csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 1-5a: CSI-RS based RRM measurement without associated SS-block
|
||
csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 1-6: CSI-RS based SINR measurement
|
||
csi-SINR-Meas ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
|
||
-- R1 1-7: CSI-RS based RLM
|
||
csi-RS-RLM ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-UE-NR-CAPABILITY-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-RRC-TRANSACTIONIDENTIFIER-START
|
||
|
||
RRC-TransactionIdentifier ::= INTEGER (0..3)
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-RRC-TRANSACTIONIDENTIFIER-STOP
|
||
-- TAG-MULTIPLICITY-AND-TYPE-CONSTRAINT-DEFINITIONS-START
|
||
|
||
maxBandComb INTEGER ::= 65536 -- Maximum number of DL band combinations
|
||
maxBasebandProcComb INTEGER ::= 65536 -- Maximum number of baseband processing combinations
|
||
maxNrofServingCells INTEGER ::= 32 -- Max number of serving cells (SpCell + SCells) per cell group
|
||
maxNrofServingCells-1 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Max number of serving cells (SpCell + SCells) per cell group minus 1
|
||
maxNrofAggregatedCellsPerCellGroup INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
maxNrofSCells INTEGER ::= 31 -- Max number of secondary serving cells per cell group
|
||
maxNrofCellMeas INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of entries in each of the cell lists in a measurement object
|
||
maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage INTEGER ::= 16 -- Max number for the (max) number of SS blocks to average to determine cell
|
||
-- measurement
|
||
maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage INTEGER ::= 16 -- Max number for the (max) number of CSI-RS to average to determine cell
|
||
-- measurement
|
||
maxNrofDL-Allocations INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of PDSCH time domain resource allocations
|
||
|
||
maxNrofSR-ConfigPerCellGroup INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of SR configurations per cell group
|
||
|
||
maxLCG-ID INTEGER ::= 7 -- Maximum value of LCG ID
|
||
maxLC-ID INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum value of Logical Channel ID
|
||
maxNrofTAGs INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of Timing Advance Groups
|
||
maxNrofTAGs-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of Timing Advance Groups minus 1
|
||
|
||
maxNrofBWPs INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of BWPs per serving cell
|
||
maxNrofSymbols-1 INTEGER ::= 13 -- Maximum index identifying a symbol within a slot (14 symbols, indexed from 0..13)
|
||
maxNrofSlots INTEGER ::= 320 -- Maximum number of slots in a 10 ms period
|
||
maxNrofSlots-1 INTEGER ::= 319 -- Maximum number of slots in a 10 ms period minus 1
|
||
|
||
maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks INTEGER ::= 275 -- Maximum number of PRBs
|
||
maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1 INTEGER ::= 274 -- Maximum number of PRBs
|
||
maxNrofControlResourceSets INTEGER ::= 12 -- Max number of CoReSets configurable on a serving cell
|
||
maxNrofControlResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 11 -- Max number of CoReSets configurable on a serving cell minus 1
|
||
maxCoReSetDuration INTEGER ::= 3 -- Max number of OFDM symbols in a control resource set
|
||
maxNrofSearchSpaces INTEGER ::= 40 -- Max number of Search Spaces
|
||
maxNrofSearchSpaces-1 INTEGER ::= 39 -- Max number of Search Spaces minus 1
|
||
maxSFI-DCI-PayloadSize INTEGER ::= 128 -- Max number payload of a DCI scrambled with SFI-RNTI
|
||
maxSFI-DCI-PayloadSize-1 INTEGER ::= 127 -- Max number payload of a DCI scrambled with SFI-RNTI minus 1
|
||
maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize INTEGER ::= 126 -- Max number payload of a DCI scrambled with INT-RNTI
|
||
maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize-1 INTEGER ::= 125 -- Max number payload of a DCI scrambled with INT-RNTI minus 1
|
||
maxNrofRateMatchPatterns INTEGER ::= 4 -- Max number of rate matching patterns that may be configured
|
||
maxNrofRateMatchPatterns-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Max number of rate matching patterns that may be configured minus 1
|
||
|
||
maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations INTEGER ::= 48 -- Maximum number of report configurations
|
||
maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations-1 INTEGER ::= 47 -- Maximum number of report configurations minus 1
|
||
|
||
maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations INTEGER ::= 112 -- Maximum number of resource configurations
|
||
maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations-1 INTEGER ::= 111 -- Maximum number of resource configurations minus 1
|
||
|
||
maxNrofAP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
maxNrOfCSI-AperiodicTriggers INTEGER ::= 128 -- Maximum number of triggers for aperiodic CSI reporting
|
||
maxNrofReportConfigPerAperiodicTrigger INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of report configurations per trigger state for aperiodic reporting
|
||
|
||
maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources INTEGER ::= 192 -- Maximum number of Non-Zero-Power (NZP) CSI-RS resources
|
||
maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 191 -- Maximum number of Non-Zero-Power (NZP) CSI-RS resources minus 1
|
||
maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of NZP CSI-RS resources per resource set
|
||
maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of resource sets per resource configuration
|
||
|
||
maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of Zero-Power (NZP) CSI-RS resources
|
||
maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Maximum number of Zero-Power (NZP) CSI-RS resources minus 1
|
||
maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
|
||
maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of CSI-IM resources. See CSI-IM-ResourceMax in 38.214.
|
||
maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Maximum number of CSI-IM resources minus 1. See CSI-IM-ResourceMax in 38.214.
|
||
maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of CSI-IM resources per set. See CSI-IM-ResourcePerSetMax in 38.214
|
||
maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of CSI IM resource sets per resource configuration
|
||
|
||
maxNrofSSB-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of SSB resources in a resource set minus 1
|
||
maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourcePerSet INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig INTEGER ::= 1 -- Maximum number of CSI SSB resource sets per resource configuration
|
||
|
||
maxNrofFailureDetectionResources INTEGER ::= 10 -- Maximum number of failure detection resources
|
||
|
||
maxNrofObjectId INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of measurement objects
|
||
maxNrofPCI-Ranges INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of PCI ranges
|
||
maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM INTEGER ::= 96 -- Maximum number of CSI-RS resources for an RRM measurement object
|
||
maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM-1 INTEGER ::= 95 -- Maximum number of CSI-RS resources for an RRM measurement object minus 1
|
||
maxNrofMeasId INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of configured measurements
|
||
maxNrofQuantityConfig INTEGER ::= 2 -- Maximum number of quantity configurations
|
||
maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM INTEGER ::= 96 -- Maximum number of FFS
|
||
|
||
maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of SRS resource sets in a BWP.
|
||
maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 15 -- Maximum number of SRS resource sets in a BWP minus 1.
|
||
maxNrofSRS-Resources INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of SRS resources in an SRS resource set.
|
||
maxNrofSRS-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of SRS resources in an SRS resource set minus 1.
|
||
maxNrofSRS-TriggerStates-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of SRS trigger states minus 1, i.e., the largest code point.
|
||
maxRAT-CapabilityContainers INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of interworking RAT containers (incl NR and MRDC)
|
||
maxSimultaneousBands INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of simultaneously aggregated bands
|
||
|
||
|
||
maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerCell INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of
|
||
maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerSet INTEGER ::= 4096 -- Maximum number of Slot Format Combinations in a SF-Set.
|
||
maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerSet-1 INTEGER ::= 4095 -- Maximum number of Slot Format Combinations in a SF-Set minus 1.
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-Resources INTEGER ::= 128
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 127
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of PUCCH Resource Sets
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of PUCCH Resource Sets minus 1.
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of PUCCH Resources per PUCCH-ResourceSet
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-ResourcesPerSet-1 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Maximum number of PUCCH Resources per PUCCH-ResourceSet minus 1.
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-P0-PerSet INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of P0-pucch present in a p0-pucch set
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReferenceRSs INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of RSs used as pathloss reference for PUCCH power control.
|
||
maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of RSs used as pathloss reference for PUCCH power control minus 1.
|
||
|
||
maxNrofP0-PUSCH-AlphaSets INTEGER ::= 30 -- Maximum number of P0-pusch-alpha-sets (see 38,213, section 7.1)
|
||
maxNrofP0-PUSCH-AlphaSets-1 INTEGER ::= 29 -- Maximum number of P0-pusch-alpha-sets minus 1 (see 38,213, section 7.1)
|
||
maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of RSs used as pathloss reference for PUSCH power control.
|
||
maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of RSs used as pathloss reference for PUSCH power control minus 1.
|
||
|
||
maxBands INTEGER ::= 1024 -- Maximum number of supported bands in UE capability.
|
||
maxBandsMRDC INTEGER ::= 1280
|
||
maxBandsEUTRA INTEGER ::= 256
|
||
maxCellPrep INTEGER ::= 32
|
||
maxCellReport INTEGER ::= 8
|
||
maxDRB INTEGER ::= 29 -- Maximum number of DRBs (that can be added in DRB-ToAddModLIst).
|
||
maxFreq INTEGER ::= 8 -- Max number of non-serving frequencies in MeasResultSCG-Failure.
|
||
maxNrofCSI-RS INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
maxNrofCandidateBeams INTEGER ::= 16 -- Max number of PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR that in BFR config.
|
||
maxNrofPCIsPerSMTC INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximun number of PCIs per SMTC.
|
||
maxNrofQFIs INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
maxNrofSR-Resources INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of SR resources per BWP in a cell.
|
||
maxNrofSlotFormatsPerCombination INTEGER ::= 256
|
||
maxNrofSpatialRelationInfos INTEGER ::= 8
|
||
maxNrofSRS-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
maxNrofIndexesToReport INTEGER ::= 32
|
||
maxNrofSSBs INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of SSB resources in a resource set.
|
||
maxNrofSSBs-1 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of SSB resources in a resource set minus 1.
|
||
|
||
maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
maxNrofTCI-States INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of TCI states.
|
||
maxNrofTCI-States-1 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of TCI states minus 1.
|
||
maxNrofUL-Allocations INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of PUSCH time domain resource allocations.
|
||
maxQFI INTEGER ::= 63
|
||
maxRA-CSIRS-Resources INTEGER ::= 96
|
||
maxRA-OccasionsPerCSIRS INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of RA occasions for one CSI-RS
|
||
maxRA-Occasions-1 INTEGER ::= 511 -- Maximum number of RA occasions in the system
|
||
maxRA-SSB-Resources INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
maxSCSs INTEGER ::= 5
|
||
maxSecondaryCellGroups INTEGER ::= 3
|
||
maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA INTEGER ::= 32
|
||
maxMBSFN-Allocations INTEGER ::= 8
|
||
maxNrofMultiBands INTEGER ::= 8
|
||
maxCellSFTD INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of cells for SFTD reporting
|
||
maxReportConfigId INTEGER ::= 64
|
||
|
||
maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings INTEGER ::= 16
|
||
maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings-1 INTEGER ::= 15
|
||
|
||
-- Editor’s Note: Targeted for completion in June 2018. Not used in EN-DC drop.
|
||
CellIdentity ::= ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue}
|
||
ShortMAC-I ::= ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue}
|
||
|
||
-- TAG-MULTIPLICITY-AND-TYPE-CONSTRAINT-DEFINITIONS-STOP
|
||
|
||
END
|
||
|